Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Auto - Parts / Standard Motor Products, Inc. / FY2006 Annual Report

Standard Motor Products, Inc.
Annual Report 2006

SMP · NYSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker SMP
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Auto - Parts
Employees 5600
← All annual reports
FY2006 Annual Report · Standard Motor Products, Inc.
Loading PDF…
St. Modwen Properties PLC
 
Annual Report 2006 

Regeneration
in action 

Contents 
01  Financial highlights 
02  Chairman’s statement 
04  St. Modwen at a glance 
06  The hopper strategy 
08  Business review 
24  Case studies 
32  Community, environmental and 

social responsibility 

42  Board members 
43  Senior management 
44  Directors’ report 
46  Corporate governance report 
53  Directors’ remuneration report 
61  Directors’ responsibilities 
62 

Independent auditor’s report — 
group 

64  Group income statement 
64  Group statement of recognised 

income and expense 
65  Group balance sheet 
66  Group cash flow statement 
67  Accounting policies 
72  Notes to the accounts 

96  Company balance sheet 
97  Notes to the company accounts 
108  Independent auditor’s report — 

company 
110  Five year record 
111  Shareholder information 
113  Notice of Annual General Meeting 
116  Glossary of terms 

St. Modwen is a regeneration specialist 
operating through a network of regional offices 
in all sectors of the property industry with four 
particular specialisations: town centre regeneration, 
partnering industry in its restructuring, brownfield 
land renewal and heritage restoration. 

We are closely aligned with the communities 
in which we operate, continually mindful of the 
impact of our developments on the local area. 

The company’s strategy is based on a hopper 
of developable land, and on marshalling the 
land through the planning and development 
process into a reliable stream of profits. 

Our financial objectives are to:
 

Double net asset value per share every five years
 

Pay a progressive dividend in line with targeted NAV growth
 

Financial highlights
 

Profit before tax (£ million) 

+17% 

Earnings per share (p) 

100
 

80
 

60
 

40
 

20
 

64.3 

47.5 

42.1 

96.9 

82.9 

70
 

60
 

50
 

40
 

30
 

20
 

10
 

41.5 

31.2 

27.5 

01 

+11% 

61.6 

55.4 

2002 

2003 

2004 

2005 

2006 

2002 

2003 

2004 

2005 

2006 

Net assets per share (p) 

+20%  Dividend per share (p) 

350
 

300
 

250
 

200
 

150
 

100
 

50
 

323 

268 

220 

176 

152 

12
 

10
 

8
 

6
 

4
 

2


7.6 

6.6 

5.7 

+16% 

10.2 

8.8 

2002 

2003 

2004 

2005 

2006 

2002 

2003 

2004 

2005 

2006 

Details of the basis of preparation are set out in the five year record on page 110. 

Profit before tax increased by 17% to £96.9m (2005: £82.9m)
 

Earnings per share up 11% to 61.6p (2005: 55.4p)
 

Net assets per share increased by 20% to 323p (2005: 268p)
 

Proposed final dividend of 6.8p per share (2005: 5.9p), increasing total dividends
 
for the year by 16% to 10.2p (2005: 8.8p)
 

Significant progress in marshalling future major projects
 

02 

Chairman’s statement
 

I am pleased to report on 
a fourteenth successive 
year of record results 

Results 
I  am  pleased  to  report  on  a  fourteenth  successive  year  of  record 

results; a year in which we have not only produced a strong trading 

and revaluation performance but have also made significant additions 

to the hopper and good progress in marshalling future projects. 

Profits  before  tax  increased  by  17%  to  £96.9m  (2005:  £82.9m), 

earnings  per  share  grew by 11%  to 61.6p (2005: 55.4p) and  net 

assets per share increased by 20% to 323p (2005: 268p). 

Our  key  performance  measurement  of  total  pre­tax  return  on 

average shareholders’ equity was 27.5% (2005: 28.5%). 

Dividend 
Your board is recommending a final dividend of 6.8p (2005: 5.9p) per 

ordinary share, making a total distribution for the year of 10.2p (2005: 

8.8p), an increase of 16%. This final dividend will be paid on 4th May 

2007 to shareholders on the register on 13th April 2007. 

International Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRS”) 
As advised in the Interim Report, our results are now presented in 

a  very  different  format  from  that  to  which  you  have  been 

accustomed. This arises from the introduction of IFRS, the principal 

effects  of  which,  apart  from  purely  presentational  ones,  are  that 

revaluations  are  shown  on  the face of the income statement  and 

that the deferred tax provision on revaluations is included in both 

the income statement and the balance sheet. 

The substance of the business is not affected by the introduction of 

IFRS. However, bringing revaluations on to the income statement may 

make future reported results more variable. The revaluations reflect pure 

market movements in addition to those which have arisen from our own 

efforts and to that extent are less within our control. In the recent past, 

we have benefited in our revaluations from a strong market but a flat or 

weak market would not give us such a benefit. Historically, this would 

have been seen only in our balance sheet but it is now recognised in the 

income statement. 

03 

Strategy 
Your  company’s  strategy  remains  unaltered.  We  are  regeneration 

We recognise that our projects have a considerable impact on the areas 

specialists, operating through a network of six regional offices, with 

in which they are located. We genuinely believe that our projects improve 

four particular specialisations: town centre regeneration, partnering 

those areas but, as is the nature of most projects, the outcome is a 

industry in its restructuring, brownfield land renewal, and heritage 

balance between economic viability and community aspirations. In the 

restoration.  Much  of  the  programme  is  carried  out  with  partners 

community, environmental and social responsibility section we provide 

from both the public and private sectors. 

a number of examples of how we are working to achieve that balance. 

We are not a sectoral specialist. We have the skills to serve the full 

range  of  market  sectors:  distribution,  industrial,  leisure,  office, 

Directors and employees 
The continued run of record results and the good prospects for the 

residential  and  retail.  Our  real  skill  is  in  the  process  of  taking 

future could not have been achieved without a committed and highly 

challenging  regeneration  opportunities  and  seeing  them  through 

competent team at all levels in the organisation. My thanks go to 

to the completion of a successful built development, whatever the 

everyone for  the efforts they have put in to achieving yet another 

mix of uses the opportunity deserves. 

successful year. 

The key to the strategy is the continued acquisition of well­located 

The  company  continues  to  benefit  from  a  strong  board.  The 

opportunities to top up the hopper. In this year, we have acquired a 

executive team is supported by committed non­executives who are 

good  number  of  opportunities,  two  of  which  are  particularly 

not afraid to question and challenge. 

noteworthy,  namely  our  participation  with  Vinci  PLC  in  Project 

MoDEL, a rationalization of part of the Ministry of Defence estate in 

I am delighted that Steve Burke, our construction director, has been 

London, and our selection by West Lancashire District Council and 

appointed  to  the  board.  Steve  joined  us  in  November  1995  and, 

English  Partnerships  to  be  their  preferred  partner 

for  the 

recruiting an excellent team of construction managers, lifted our delivery 

redevelopment of Skelmersdale Town Centre. 

process to a higher level. His contribution has been a major factor in our 

winning a number of the major schemes where he has been able to give 

These two schemes demonstrate just how far your company has 

confidence to our customers and partners. 

come in the twenty years of its existence as a property operation. 

We  are  now  able  to  put  ourselves  forward  in  competition  for  the 

most challenging regeneration projects and be selected. 

Prospects 
On the back of our marshalling programme, we move into the present 

year with a strong, if demanding, target. The present year has started 

We  remain  differentiated  from  many  of  our  peers  by  our 

well, but the results will be more second half orientated than in the 

determination  to  grow  through  realised  profits  rather  than  just 

past. Overall, I would expect it to be a year of continued progress and 

revaluations  and  to  obtain  both  the  realised  profits  and  the 

we remain on track to meet our corporate financial target of doubling 

revaluations by actually adding value ourselves rather than by relying 

net asset value per share every five years. 

on market movement. The latter is obviously a very pleasant addition 

when it is available but we do not see it as a reliable feature on which 

Anthony Glossop 

to build the business. 

Chairman 

12th February 2007 

Governance 
We  have  always  sought  to  manage  our  affairs  to  the  highest 

standards  of  integrity and  business  competence and  your  board 

takes proper cognisance of corporate governance initiatives. Any 

departures, however minor, will be for good reasons in the spirit of 

the regulations and will be fully and openly explained. 

04 

St. Modwen
 
at a glance
 

The company focuses on four areas: 

www.stmodwen.co.uk
 

Town centre regeneration 

Many centres that were developed during 
the 1960s and 1970s now require 
substantial refurbishment and updating to 
meet the demands of the contemporary 
shopper, to accommodate new trends in 
town centre living, and to bring back into 
these centres community and business 
uses. St. Modwen has substantial 
experience in revitalising town centres, 
and is currently engaged on a number of 
such schemes, including major projects 
at Edmonton Green, Farnborough, 
Skelmerdale and Wembley. 

Partnering industry 

Restructuring of traditional industries has 
left numerous former employment 
complexes potentially available for 
redevelopment. St. Modwen has 
established joint ventures with 
companies such as Alstom, Corus, 
Goodyear and Ford to undertake the 
redevelopment of such sites, often 
through innovative sale and leaseback 
arrangements which provide the 
required flexibility for the landowner. 

Brownfield renewal 

St. Modwen is one of the UK’s leading 
experts in the large­scale renewal of 
brownfield land. The company has huge 
experience in the remediation, 
remodelling, infrastructuring and 
redevelopment of such sites, having 
reclaimed hundreds of acres of 
brownfield land for both residential and 
commercial use. There is currently well 
over 1,000 acres of land in the hopper in 
the process of such development, 
including the massive Llanwern (former 
steelworks) and Avonmouth (former zinc 
smelter) sites. 

Restoring Heritage 

The company has applied similar skills 
to a number of heritage, leisure­related 
projects. In these projects, an enabling 
commercial development finances an 
otherwise non­viable heritage restoration 
scheme. Two such schemes currently 
being undertaken are: the £100 million 
transformation of Trentham Gardens at 
Stoke­on­Trent into a major leisure and 
commercial visitor attraction; and a 
similar project at Dudley in the West 
Midlands, which will incorporate the 
existing zoo and medieval castle into a 
new visitor attraction. 

North West 
01 Glasgow 
Hillington 
Springburn 

07 Preston 

Channel Way 

08 Blackburn 
Medipark 
09 Accrington 

Junction 7 Business Park 

10 Skelmersdale 
Town Centre 

11 Wigan 

Enterprise Park 

12 Manchester 

Wythenshawe 
Trafford Park 

13 Liverpool 

East Lancs Road 
Great Homer Street 

14 Widnes 

Economic Development Zone 
Town Centre 

Midlands 
17 Derby 

Hilton Depot 

18 Stafford 

Lichfield Road 
St. Leonard’s 

19 Burton­upon­Trent 

Barton Business Park 

20 Wolverhampton 

Goodyear 

21 Telford 

Brockton Business Park 

22 Walsall 

St. Matthew’s Quarter 

23 Dudley 

Castle Hill 
24 Birmingham 

Washwood Heath 
Quinton Business Park 

25 Longbridge 
26 Rugby 

Mill Road 
Newbold Road 

27 Worcester 

Shrub Hill Industrial Estate 

28 Stratford­upon­Avon 

Long Marston 

South West 
29 Gloucester 

Quedgeley Industrial Estates 

30 Newport, Gwent 

Llanwern 
31 Dursley, Glos 

Littlecombe Village 
32 Avonmouth, Bristol 

Access 18 

33 Taunton 

Trading Estate 

01 

Regional offices 

Motorways and other principal routes 

05 

Yorkshire 
02 Darlington 

Whessoe Road 

03 Guisley 

Netherfield Road 

04 Hull 

Melton Park 
05 Doncaster 

Worcester Avenue 

06 Lincoln 

Rushton Works 

North Staffordshire 
15 Stoke­on­Trent 
Festival Park 
Trentham Gardens 
Trentham Lakes 

16 Stone 

Meaford Power Station 

London and 
South East 
34 Cranfield 

Technology Park 

35 Bedford 

Thurleigh Airfield 
Town Centre 
36 Milton Keynes 
Stratford Road 

37 Hatfield 

Town Centre 

38 Mill Hill 

Inglis Barracks 

39 Stanmore 

RAF Bentley Priory 

40 Eastcote 

RAF Eastcote 
41 West Ruislip 

RAF West Ruslip 

42 Uxbridge 

RAF Uxbridge 

43 Thurrock 

South Ockendon 

44 London 
Catford 
Edmonton Green 
Elephant & Castle 
Hounslow 
Leegate Centre 
Newham 
Wembley Central 

45 Woking 

The Planets 
46 Basingstoke 
The Malls 
47 Farnborough 
Town Centre 

48 Surrey 

Henley Industrial Estate 

49 Yalding 

Syngenta 
50 Bognor Regis 
Town Centre 

51 Eastleigh 

Campbell Road 

52 Poole 

Discovery Court 

02 

Leeds 

03 

08 

09 

11

12 

Manchester 

05 

07 

10 

14 

13 

04 

06 

15 
Stoke-on-Trent 
16 

17 

18 

19 

21 

20 

22 

24 

Birmingham 

23 

27 

29 

31 

30 

32 

Bristol 

33 

25 

52 

26 

28 

36 

34 

35

37 

38 

39 
40 
41 
42 

46 

London 
43

44 

49 

45 

46 

48 

47 

51 

50 

06 

The hopper strategy
 

The company’s objective is to double its 
net asset value per share every five years, 
through a mixture of realised profits and 
revaluation surpluses. By marshalling an 
extensive hopper of development 
opportunities, by delivering built­out 
schemes across all sectors of the property 
market, and by regularly recycling capital 
into the acquisition of new opportunities, 
the company has consistently exceeded 
this target over the last 14 years. 

The hopper
 

New projects

1The hopper 

The company strategy is based 
on a hopper of future 
development opportunities, 
acquired in their raw state. It 
currently comprises over 5,000 
developable acres and 18 town 
centre schemes. One of our 
targets is to replace 120% of land 
used every year to ensure the 
long­term continuation of the 
company’s growth strategy. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
07 

Marshalling 

2
 Marshalling 

The company’s own team, 
supplemented with skilled external 
professionals has a proven track 
record in marshalling the wide 
range of projects through the 
complex and lengthy planning and 
development processes. It has 
particular expertise in site 
assembly, assessing and 
managing remediation risks, 
undertaking public consultation 
and creating attractive scheme 
design. 

3 Delivery 

Schemes once marshalled are 
built­out in response to market 
conditions, with a mixture of pre­
let and speculative buildings 
forming the company’s substantial 
annual construction programme. 
Assets are disposed of once no 
further significant value can be 
added, and the capital is then 
recycled into new schemes, 
enabling the entire process to 
begin again. 

Delivery
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
08 

Business review 

The underlying purpose of all St Modwen’s activity 
is to add value to the properties it controls. 

Bill Oliver 
Chief Executive 

Tim Haywood 
Finance Director 

Steve Burke 
Construction Director 

The process of recycling brownfield land is becoming steadily more 

challenging with risk­based environmental assessments requiring a 

very high level of understanding of the remediation process. 

To  a  considerable  extent,  the  regulatory  challenges  create  an 

opportunity  in  which  a  developer  with  appropriate  skills  and 

determination can build a long­term viable business. 

Business model and strategy 
The underlying purpose of all St. Modwen’s activity is to add value 

to  the  properties  it  controls.  Even  those  activities  referred  to  as 

operating ventures are integral to that core purpose. The aim is that 

no property should be acquired or retained unless it is believed that 

significant value can be added to that property by the company’s 

own efforts — asset management, refurbishment or redevelopment 

is  within  the  UK  property 

— in a flat market over a five to fifteen year horizon. 

Our market 
The  company’s  core  operation 

development and investment market. 

A classic challenge for a company such as yours is how to achieve a 

The investment property market remains very strong but it will be 

constant or rising stream of profits from an activity which some see as 

interesting  to  see  how  much  further,  if  at  all,  yields  can  fall, 

inevitably cyclical and the Chairman’s statement notes how bringing 

particularly as interest rates are trending upwards. The occupational 

revaluations  on  to  the  income  statement  may  in  future  make  that 

market  remains  variable but  still  offers  opportunities  for  an  active 

statement more variable. St. Modwen has sought to meet this challenge 

developer. In some retail areas we are seeing weaker demand or at 

by a constant and long­term strategy. Through a network of six regional 

least harder negotiations and the business office park market in the 

offices we create a broadly­based programme of activity, much of which 

Midlands remains flat. However, overall, we are continuing to find 

is carried out with partners from both the public and private sectors. 

profitable opportunities across the entire range of our activities. 

Competitive and regulatory environment 
The UK property market is extremely competitive. Natural barriers to 

Our public sector partnerships include: long­term joint companies, 

development  agreements  or  leases  with  local  authorities  and 

regional development agencies. We also participate in a number of 

entry are low. Finance is usually readily available and advantages of 

partnerships with other property companies. 

scale, although they do exist, are limited. It is rare, therefore, for the 

company not to be in serious competition whether it is seeking to 

The key to our strategy is the continued acquisition of well­located 

make an acquisition, to achieve selection as preferred developer, or 

opportunities to top up the hopper. 

to secure an occupier. 

By contrast, the regulatory environment is restrictive and becoming 

increasingly  more  so.  Attempts  to  simplify  and  speed  up  the 

Long term — We seldom source properties for development 

planning  process  have  not  worked  and  the  cost  and  timescale 

within  three  years.  The  normal  development  horizon  is  five 

involved in obtaining planning permission are continuing to escalate. 

years or more; 

The hopper is a bank of development opportunities. It is: 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
●
	 
Business review 

09 

Broadly based — St. Modwen is not a sectoral specialist. We 

can successfully deliver a wide range of outputs. St. Modwen 

can, therefore, adjust the mix of its development programme 

to match market opportunities; 

Geographically  spread  —  Operating  through  its  regional 

offices, St. Modwen combines the strength of a local developer 

with the power of a national company; 

Focused upon regeneration — St. Modwen goes where it is 

needed, rather than where it is fashionable, undertaking town 

centre  regeneration,  partnering  industry  in  its  restructuring, 

brownfield land renewal, and heritage restoration; and 

Acquired  in  its  rawest  state  —  Most  added  value  and  more 

flexibility can be achieved if a developer tackles property and 

risk from the outset of the regeneration process. 

The hopper now comprises more than 5,000 acres of developable 

land. 

This  business  model  requires  hands­on  management,  a  skilled 

committed  team  and  a  flexible  medium­term  programme  of 

marshalling projects from the hopper through to the shorter­term 

Year 

development programme. The consistency of future performance 

2006 

depends on the successful interaction of these elements. 

2005 

2004 

All development  and property management activity is undertaken 

2003 

by the regional offices, supported and supplemented by a strong 

2002 

central  team,  providing  construction,  planning,  financial,  and 

Cumulative 

commercial expertise. 

Target 

Net Asset 

Return on 

per share 

Shareholders’ 

Growth1 

20.3% 

22.0% 

25.2% 

15.4% 

17.2% 

149% 

100% 

Equity2 

27.5% 

28.5% 

27.8% 

25.2% 

26.6% 

Average 27.3% 

25% 

Employees 
One of the major challenges for the company is to recruit and retain 

1  Net asset figures prior to 30th November 2004 are restated on an IFRS basis, but 

do not reflect the reclassification of certain work in progress assets. 

2  Return  on  shareholders’  equity  =  profit  before  tax  as  a  percentage  of  average 

a team capable of handling the fast­growing and ever more complex 

range of projects which we undertake. Many of our key staff have 

shareholders’ equity. 

been  with  us  for  many  years,  but  that  core  needs  regular 

The  company’s  other  key  performance  indicator  is  to  replace 

replenishment with recruits of as good, if not better, quality. We now 

opportunities used in the year by new acquisitions at a rate of 120%. 

employ 267 staff, including 12 surveyors, property and construction 

The  growth  in  the  hopper  in  recent  years  has  evidenced  the 

managers who joined us during the year. 

achievement of this target. 

Financial objectives and 
key performance indicators 
The company has a straightforward economic model with a target 

to double net asset value per share every five years. This has been 

achieved  for  over  a  decade,  and  still  remains  the  company’s  key 

target. 

We  also  measure  return  on  shareholders’  equity  as  a  key 

performance indicator. This has remained within a band of 25% to 

29% over the past five years. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
10 

Business review 

Development 
and performance 
of the business 

The hopper 
— assembly and acquisition 

The £150m redevelopment by VSM of RAF Northolt will create the 

MOD’s  first  integrated  core  site  in  London  providing  service 

personnel  with  new living, working and  messing accommodation 

plus sports, social, health and welfare facilities. 

The  surplus  sites  released  through  the  project  comprise  some 

250 acres on six sites: 

– RAF Uxbridge 

– RAF Bentley Priory 

– RAF Eastcote 

Despite  a  highly  competitive  market,  2006  was  a  record  year  for 

– RAF West Ruislip 

acquisitions. 

– Inglis Barracks, Mill Hill 

– Victoria House, Woolwich 

Our  total  expenditure  on  acquisitions  (including  100%  of  joint 

ventures) during the year was £267m, the vast majority of which is on 

VSM will marshal these opportunities through the planning process 

deferred  payment  terms,  including  £231m  in  respect  of  Project 

over the next five years with a view to realising their considerable 

MoDEL. As a result, the hopper (including 100% of joint ventures) was 

potential for predominantly residential redevelopment. 

boosted by 807 acres to 7,578 acres, of which 5,058 is developable. 

Since 1999 the size of the hopper has increased as follows: 

methodology  called  Prime  Plus  Contracting  which  combines 

The  project  is  being  funded  via  an  innovative  new  procurement 

Total Acres 

Developable 

– Retail and Leisure 

– Employment 

– Residential 

– Unspecified 

1999 

3,239 

105 

702 

652 

— 

1,459 

2005 

6,771 

312 

2,165 

922 

999 

4,398 

traditional property finance with project finance and PFI models. 

2006 

7,578 

As reported in last year’s Annual Report, in January 2006 we acquired 

Melton Park, Hull, a 234 acre development opportunity, and Pegasus 

335 

Business Park, a 31 acre former Rolls­Royce factory site in Glasgow. 

In addition to these, we also completed 17 other acquisitions in the 

year including: seven former Kwik Save stores from Somerfield PLC, 

and a 23 acre employment site in Worcester. 

2,298 

1,192 

1,233 

5,058 

Possibly  the  most  significant  transaction  in  the  year  was  Project 

MoDEL. 

The  UK  Ministry  of  Defence  (MOD)  and  VSM  Estates  (VSM)  —  a 

partnership  between  Vinci  PLC  and  St.  Modwen  —  reached 

financial  close  on  Project  MoDEL  in  early  August.  The  project 

enables  the  MOD  real  estate  in  north­west  London  to  be 

consolidated on a single site at RAF Northolt. 

01 RAF Eastcote 
A 19 acre site acquired with planning consent for residential development through 
Project MoDEL and sold in the first half of 2007. 

02 RAF Bentley Priory 
Another of the Project MoDEL sites, for which a development masterplan is 
being created. 

03 Bognor Regis 
An architect’s impression of the two town centre mixed use regeneration projects for 
which the company has been chosen by Arun District Council as its preferred developer. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
01 

Business review 

11 

Many  of  the  assets  in  our  hopper  are,  however,  not  acquired 

02 

outright,  with  control  being  obtained  in  a  variety  of  ways  that 

optimise our financial gearing. This trend continued during 2006 with 

our  selection  as  preferred  developer  for  a  number  of  important 

projects, including: 

Skelmersdale — selected by West Lancashire District Council 

and English Partnerships as preferred developer for the mixed 

use redevelopment of Skelmersdale Town Centre. This £350m 

project  covers  some  250  acres  and  will  contain  significant 

retail, leisure, office and community elements, first­rate public 

realm  and  new  residential  provision  to  connect  the  existing 

03 

town centre with outlying residential estates; 

Blackburn  Medipark  —  selected  by  Blackburn  with  Darwen 

Council as  preferred  developer  for  the creation  of  a  15­acre 

business  park  specialising  in  providing  facilities  for  medical, 

technology and knowledge­based firms; 

Prescot  —  development  agreement  signed  with  Knowsley 

Borough Council to create a 215,000 sq ft managed workspace 

and business village. The first phase is now under construction; 

Yalding, Kent — agreement signed with Syngenta Ltd for the 

remediation and redevelopment of its 100 acre former agro­

chemical plant site; and 

Bognor  Regis  —  selected  by  Arun  District  Council  as  its 

preferred  developer 

for 

two 

town  centre  mixed­use 

regeneration projects, with an end value in excess of £100m. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
12 

Business review 

Marshalling 

Outline  planning consen  t 

for  200  homes  and  25,000 

sq ft of employment facilities at Guiseley, West Yorkshire; and 

Progress  made  on  marshalling  projects  in  2006  will  contribute  to 

Detailed planning consent for 550 homes, a downsized Goodyear 

performance in 2007 and beyond. 

facility and retained offices, 20,000 sq ft of neighbourhood retail, a 

3 acre sports and social club, and a neighbourhood park, at the 

Our Edmonton development remains on programme and on budget. 

former Goodyear site in Wolverhampton. 

In 2006 we have completed the construction of the bus station, the 

leisure centre, the primary care facility and the concourse retail, and are 

Planning permissions obtained in the year 

currently fitting out the leisure centre and residential apartments. At 

Wembley we have demolished the central section of the Wembley 

Central  Square  Shopping  Centre  and  have  commenced  work  on 

Residential 

the  scheme’s  social  housing  element  as  the  first  stage  in  the 

Retail 

redevelopment of the centre. 

Commercial 

Office 

Units 

2,512 

No. 

10 

7 

25 

12 

Sq ft 

376,000 

2,318,000 

368,000 

More than 50 planning consents were obtained in the year for a wide 

variety of projects, including: 

In  addition,  at  both  Llanwern  and  Longbridge,  real  progress  has 

been made in bringing these sites through the planning process. 

Outline planning consent for 550 homes and 170,000 sq ft of 

At Llanwern, we submitted an application in March 2006 for some 

industrial  development  at  Taunton  Trading  Estate,  a  63­acre 

4,000 new homes, phased over a 20­year period, together with 100 

former Ministry of Defence site; 

acres of new employment space, with approximately 1.5m sq ft of 

Outline  planning  consent  for  up  to  800,000  sq  ft  of 

office, factory and warehouses. We are anticipating a decision on 

industrial/distribution uses on 55 acres of the 212 acre Access 

this application during the course of 2007. 

18  scheme 

in  Avonmouth,  Bristol.  This  could  provide 

recycling/ecopark  facilities  that  could  play  a  major  role  in 

At Longbridge, we are working with Birmingham City Council and 

Bristol’s waste management strategy; 

Bromsgrove  District  Council  on  Area  Action  Plans  which  should 

crystallise the shape of the site’s future development. In the year, we 

have been involved in a major new­style consultation exercise which 

we hope will lead to the identification of a preferred option early this 

spring and its adoption by late 2007. 

01 

01 Goodyear, Wolverhampton 
Goodyear’s own facility is to be condensed into the 
buildings in the foreground, leaving the rear of the site 
available for a major mixed use development. 

02 Wembley 
A post­demolition picture showing the site being 
prepared for its redevelopment with safe public access 
maintained. 

03 Llanwern 
A view of the cleared site on which substantial 
remediation trials have already commenced. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
02 

Business review 

13 

Steady progress is also being made on our existing development 

03 

agreements, including those at: 

Hatfield  —  resolution  to  grant  planning  consent  has  been 

obtained  for  this  £100m  mixed­use  regeneration  scheme  of 

200,000 sq ft of commercial space, including 45 shops, cafes 

and  restaurants,  a  532  space  multi­storey  car  park,  a  new 

library, indoor market hall, leisure and community facilities, a 

bus interchange and 296 residential units. CPO applications 

were submitted and Section 106 agreements advanced during 

the year; 

Bedford  Town  Centre  West  —  an  application  for  outline 

planning consent has been submitted for a mixed use scheme 

with  385,000  sq  ft  retail,  96,000  sq  ft  leisure,  a  hotel,  330 

residential units, a car park and a bus station; and 

Great  Homer  Street,  Liverpool  —  good  progress  has  been 

Finally, we are one of two on The London Borough of Southwark’s 

made on moving forward the outline planning application for a 

shortlist to be selected as preferred developer for the major £2.5bn 

mixed­use  scheme  comprising  a  120,000  sq  ft  superstore, 

Elephant  &  Castle  scheme,  which  is  centred  on  the  site  of  our 

70,000 sq ft retail, 480 homes, 30,000 sq ft leisure, and 80,000 

existing shopping centre. We remain confident that we will play a 

sq ft of light industrial. A resolution to grant planning permission 

significant role in this project. 

has been received post­year end from Liverpool City Council. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
14 

01 

Business review 

01 Edmonton Green 
A view of the new facility for the local Primary Care Trust and one of the 
residential buildings as they near completion. 

Delivery 

02 Quedgeley, Gloucester 
The 95,000 sq ft facility constructed for Prestoplan; the first development 
on this 46 acre estate. 

03 Trentham Lakes, Stoke­on­Trent 
A view of the Pets at Home distribution complex, the extension to which 
was completed in the year as part of this major Stoke­on­Trent 
Regeneration public private partnership. 

It has been a consistent policy of the company to recycle its capital 

resources by selling completed developments and any assets where 

it is no longer possible for us to add further significant value. During 

2006 we completed 41 property disposals, including: 

Lyndon House, Birmingham, a 75,000 sq ft office block, the 

location of our former head office, was sold on completion of an 

extensive refurbishment and asset management programme; 

The Mead, a  24,000 sq ft retail development in Farnborough 

town centre through Key Property Investments (KPI), was sold 

to Standard Life Investment Funds Ltd in a transaction which 

also  enabled  us  to  acquire  from  the  Fund  the  property 

opposite, which has development potential; and 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
Business review 

15 

A 157,000 sq ft  warehouse at The Cofton Centre, Longbridge, 

We continue to devote considerable resources to improving both 

formerly used for MG Rover’s parts distribution, was sold to PRG 

the value and income of the property we own through a variety of 

Europe,  the  UK’s  leading  supplier  of  lighting  and  projections 

asset management activities. We have a large and diverse tenant 

solutions  to  the  entertainment  and  events  industries.  This 

and  property  base,  which  suits  our  active  approach 

to 

represents the first deal to bring a major occupier to this site since 

management.  During  the  year  ended  30th  November  2006,  our 

the company began its massive regeneration programme, and a 

in­house team undertook: 

first step towards creating the targeted 10,000 jobs from the 

redevelopment. 

265 rent reviews and lease renewals, achieving an uplift in rents 

of £3.9m; and 

In  the  industrial/distribution  sector  we  completed  over  a  million 

239 new lettings, producing additional rent roll of £7.3m, which 

sq  ft,  including  at  our  400  acre  Trentham  Lakes  site  in  Stoke­

more than offset the 245 vacations (rent roll £5.0m). 

on­Trent: 

At Trentham, the gardens attracted 133,000 visitors (2005: 93,000) 

A 437,000 sq ft distribution facility for Glen Dimplex; 

and, with a total of 2.1m visitors to the site (2005: 1.5m), a trading 

A  120,000  sq 

ft  warehousing  and  office  extension 

profit  before  interest  of  £0.3m  (2005:  £0.5m  loss)  was  achieved. 

to the existing distribution centre for Pets At Home; 

Extensive works continued on this heritage restoration scheme, with 

A  100,000  sq 

ft  manufacturing 

facility 

for  Rieter 

the completion of the second 24,000 sq ft phase of heritage craft 

Automotive; and 

and leisure retail, together with the start on site of the 120­bedroom 

A 64,000 sq ft warehouse building for Portmeirion Potteries. 

hotel that has been pre­let to Golden Tulip. 

The  business  park  office  market  has  been  quite  difficult,  and  our 

Our other operating ventures also made good progress in the year. 

activity  in  that  sector  has  been  relatively  subdued.  We  have 

The Avonmouth landfill made a contribution of £1.6m (2005: £0.9m), 

nevertheless  made  good  progress  in  completing  and  selling  a 

and the Solihull Ice Rink £0.5m (2005: £0.3m). 

number of projects, notably the 45,000 sq ft Etruria Office Village 

development in Stoke­on­Trent. 

For further details of projects referred to in this business review, and 

other projects, see our website, www.stmodwen.co.uk 

Residential land sales from our brownfield land renewal programme 

02 

have again figured prominently in the year with completions at: 

Norton Park, Stoke­on­Trent (14 acres sold to Taylor Woodrow 

with planning for 270 homes); 

The former Bestwood colliery site in Nottingham (12 acres sold 

to George Wimpey with planning for 175 homes); and 

Hilton, Derby (13 acres sold to George Wimpey for 272 homes, 

bringing to 700 the total of homes ultimately built on this former 

MOD site). 

2006 has been a very active year for our construction team who, at the 

end of the year, were on site with a large number of schemes, including: 

Edmonton Green (continuing  progress  with the retail, leisure 

03 

and residential elements of this £100m mixed­use scheme); 

Wembley (commencement of the £75m mixed­use regeneration 

of the shopping centre); 

St Matthews Quarter, Walsall (a 118,000 sq ft Asda foodstore, 

1,000  space  multi­storey  car  park  and  41  apartments  for 

Accord Housing Association); and 

Longbridge Technology Park (a £15m first phase, comprising a 

45,000  sq  ft  Innovation  Centre  which  will  provide  serviced 

accommodation from 250 sq ft for start­up technology based 

businesses and a 35,000 sq ft building to provide grow­on space 

for companies wanting to expand and requiring  accommodation 

of 4,000 sq ft  or more). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
    
 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
16 

Business review 

01 The Mead, Farnborough 
The 24,000 sq ft retail development completed by KPI in 
2003 and sold in the year as part of a transaction 
progressing the site assembly for the main development. 

Financial review 

Income statement 

IFRS 
This is the first year that our results are reported under IFRS. The 

Profit before tax 
Under IFRS, profit before tax represents the total pre­tax return (but 

comparative figures for 2005 have been restated on the same basis. 

after  tax  on  joint  ventures)  to  shareholders  for  the  year, including 

(In  common  with  most  listed  companies,  we  continue  to  present 

both  realised  profits  and  unrealised  gains  on  the  revaluation  of 

parent company information under UK GAAP.) 

investment properties (which had previously been taken directly to 

reserves).  The  principal  factors  behind  the  17%  increase  in  profit 

The principal impacts of adopting IFRS were described in our Interim 

before tax in the year are shown in the table below. 

Report and are reproduced in this report in note 23 to the accounts. 

An important point to understand is that IFRS affects accounting 

Profit before tax	 

only. There is no operational impact on the underlying business or 

Year ended 30th November 2005 

its cash flows. 

The main impacts on the financial statements are: 

Net rental income 

Property profits 

Valuation gains 

Movements  in  the  valuation  of  investment  properties  are 

Administrative expenses 

included in the income statement; 

Finance charges 

Deferred tax is provided on net property revaluation surpluses; 

Joint venture tax 

Certain properties, previously held in work in progress, have 

Other items 

been reclassified as investment properties and are now carried 

Year ended 30th November 2006 

£m 

82.9 

(7.0) 

5.3 

10.7 

1.2 

(1.6) 

4.0 

1.4 

96.9 

at independent valuation, not at cost; and 

Dividends are only recognised once they are approved. 

Net rental income 
Net rental income for the year, including our share of rent from joint 

As a result of these (and other, smaller, adjustments described in 

ventures, fell as expected by 17% to £33.2m (2005: £40.2m). The 

note  23),  the  previously  reported  numbers  for  the  year  ended 

continuing strong investment market, while yielding good prices for 

30th November 2005 have been restated as follows: 

sales  of  our  completed  developments,  makes  the  acquisition  of 

Previously reported  As restated 

increasingly challenging. As a result, the impact of disposals and 

income­producing  properties  with  scope 

for  adding  value 

Net assets 

Profit before tax 

Earnings per share 

Net assets per share 

Growth in net assets per share 

UK GAAP 

IFRS 

acquisitions on net rental income in the year was a reduction in net 

£330.7m 

£324.0m 

rent  of  £1.2m.  The  resolution  of  the  uncertainty  surrounding  our 

£46.3m 

£82.9m 

Longbridge site, with Nanjing Automotive Group UK Limited taking 

28.7p 

274p 

24% 

55.4p 

an assignment of the 33 year remainder of MG Rover’s lease over 

268p 

105  acres,  has  resulted  in  the  release  of  some  159  acres  for 

22% 

development,  but  a  reduction  in  net  rental  income  of  £1.6m.  In 

addition,  there  were  a  number  of  special  situations,  such  as  the 

temporary vacation of Hannibal House at Elephant & Castle, which 

led to a short­term reduction in our rent receivable. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
01 

Business review 

17 

At 30th November 2006, the gross rent roll, including our share of 

The  valuation  of  our  investment  properties  reflects  both  market 

rent from joint ventures, was £35.3m (2005: £40.8m). A number of 

movements and the value added by the company’s activities. The 

our  sites  such  as  Farnborough  Town  Centre  are  currently  being 

latter  includes  the  achievement  of  marshalling  milestones  in  the 

managed  in  such  a  way  as  to  enable  development  in  the  near 

planning  process  (including  allocations  in  local  plans,  obtaining 

future,  and  a  number  of  recently  acquired  sites  (including  South 

planning permissions, and resolution of Section 106 agreements). The 

Ockendon, Essex, Pegasus Business Park, Glasgow and Brockton 

calculation of this added value incorporates the present value of future 

Business Park, Telford) were acquired vacant and have taken longer 

cash flows, based on existing land prices and the current best estimate 

to  let  than  we  had  hoped.  Consequently,  during  the  year  under 

of costs (incorporating appropriate contingencies) to be incurred, but 

review,  our  overall  voids  remained  static  at  18.5%,  which  is 

allowing for a developer’s profit at the point of development. 

consistent with our development strategy for the portfolio. 

Property profits 
Property profits, including our share of joint ventures, increased by 

of joint ventures) were obtained through achieving such marshalling 

milestones, further yield compression and the value added by our 

13% to £44.6m (2005: £39.3m). Forty­one property disposals were 

redevelopment and asset management activities. 

Total valuation gains of £55.6m (2005: £44.9m)  (including our share 

completed in the period, of which 11 contributed profits  over £1m. 

During  the  year  we  also  realised  £10m  of  previous  revaluation 

Investment property revaluation gains 
All of our investment properties are valued externally by King Sturge 

surpluses. 

& Co. on an open market basis, every six months. 

The adoption of IFRS led to the reclassification as investment properties 

of certain properties that had previously been held at cost in work in 

progress. Details of this are set out in note 23 to the accounts. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18 

Business review 

01 Skelmersdale 
A view of Skelmersdale town centre; ASDA in the 
foreground, the shopping centre above, showing the 
disjointed nature of the current configuration. 

Administrative expenses 
Administrative expenses (including our share of joint ventures) have 

IFRS requires the revaluation of our interest rate swap contracts to 

market value. During the year this resulted in a credit to the income 

fallen  during  the  year  by  £1.2m  to  £15.7m,  despite  a  continuing 

statement of £2.0m (2005: £0.3m), recognising the increasing value 

programme of recruitment and the regional expansion needed to 

of such contracts in a climate of rising interest rates. 

match our increased activity. The main drivers of the cost reduction 

are  a  fall  in  the  cost  of  employee  share  options  (compared  with 

Net finance charges also includes a charge of £3.8m (2005: £nil) for 

2005,  a  year  of  exceptional  share  price  rise),  and  the  release  of 

the amortisation of the discounted deferred consideration payable to 

deferred bonus provisions in respect of former employees. 

the MOD in respect of Project MoDEL. 

During  the  year  we  recruited  extensively  to  strengthen  our 

The  group  has  not  in  the  year  capitalised  any  interest  on  its 

development, property management and construction teams. We 

developments or its investments, but expensed all interest as it has 

now have a total of 267 employees, with 102 employees across our 

arisen. 

six offices, 66 undertaking site management and 99 in our operating 

ventures. 

Taxation 
The effective rate of tax charge for the year, including our share of 

We  continue  to  adopt  the  policy  of  satisfying  employee  share 

joint ventures, and with full provision for deferred taxation (including 

options, when exercised, without issuing new share capital, which 

deferred  taxation  on  the  revaluation  of  investment  properties  as 

would  dilute  returns 

for  existing  shareholders.  With  3.4m 

required by IFRS) has fallen to 23.8% (2005: 24.8%). 

outstanding  options  (held  by  195  employees),  and  a  25%  share 

price increase in the year, the impact has been a charge to the profit 

This rate is lower than the 30% standard rate of UK Corporation Tax 

and loss account of £3.1m (2005: £5.4m). The company’s option 

due to the availability of time­expired industrial building allowances, 

schemes (which comprise the SAYE scheme, which is open to all 

and of land remediation relief for expenditure on brownfield renewal.It 

employees,  and  the  executive  share  option  scheme,  which  is 

is  anticipated  that,  with  the  continued  utilisation  of  indexation 

available  to  42  senior  executives)  remain  an  important  tool in  the 

allowances  and  time­expired  industrial  building  allowances,  the 

recruitment  and  retention  of  key  staff,  and  in  aligning  employee 

effective  rate  of  tax  will  remain  below  the  standard  rate  of  UK 

interests with those of shareholders. 

Corporation Tax. Benefit from tax planning activities is only recognised 

when the outcome is reasonably certain. 

Joint ventures and associates 
Under IFRS, our share of the post­tax results of joint ventures and 

associates is shown on the income statement as one net figure. A 

Cash flow and financing 
The  company  continues  to  produce  a  strong  cash  flow,  based  on 

full  analysis  of  the  underlying  details  is  disclosed  in  note  9.  The 

recurring  net  rental  income  of  £33m  (including  our  share  of  joint 

principal joint venture in which the group is involved is Key Property 

ventures)  and  an  ongoing  programme  of  asset  disposals,  which 

Investments Limited which made a post­tax return of £9.3m. Our 

generated  £180m  in  the  year.  This  enabled  us,  after  meeting 

27.2%  interest  in  the  post­tax  results  of  our  associate,  Northern 

administrative expenses, dividends and interest, to invest in a £103m 

Racing PLC, is also included under this heading. 

development programme and in property acquisitions (excluding those 

on deferred payment terms) of £95m during the year. 

Finance costs and income 
Net  finance  charges  (including  our  share  of  joint  ventures)  have 

Despite these substantial investments, gearing levels have remained 

increased to £21.1m (2005: £19.5m) due principally to the net effect 

modest. One reason for this is that increased net asset value arising 

of the two market value adjustments referred to below. Underlying 

from valuation gains has more than offset the growth in net debt. 

bank  interest  costs,  however,  were  held  at  2005  levels,  despite 

At  the  year  end,  group  net  borrowings  had  increased  to  £253m 

average group borrowings increasing by £24m to £235m and a 0.5% 

(2005: £208m), representing a gearing ratio of 65% (2005: 64%). 

increase in base rates. This was in large part due to a combination of 

Bank facilities, excluding joint ventures, totalled £458m at the year 

successful hedging and renegotiation of facilities. The overall result 

end  (2005:  £308m).  At  this  level,  we  have  undrawn  committed 

has been an increase in the weighted average rate of interest payable 

facilities  of  £198m,  of  which  £79m  is  specifically  allocated  for 

as at 30th November 2006 to 6.0% (2005: 5.6%). 

MoDEL. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
01 

Business review 

19 

In addition, the group’s share of debt within joint ventures, which is 

We also endeavour to have in place a financial structure that is both 

secured solely upon the assets within the relevant joint venture, was 

cost­effective and flexible. The group is financed by shareholders’ 

£93m (2005: £96m). 

funds  and  bank  debt  of  varying  maturity  profiles,  which  is 

appropriate to the needs of the group and reflects the type of assets 

Financing strategy and financial structure 
Our strategy is to maintain an appropriate gearing level to ensure that 

in which it invests. The majority of the bank debt is provided through 

bilateral revolving credit facilities, providing us with the flexibility to 

a good operational performance is converted into excellent shareholder 

draw and repay loans, and sell and acquire assets as opportunities 

returns. To this end, we target a preferred gearing range of 75% to 

arise.  At  30th  November  2006,  the  weighted  average  facility 

125%. Despite an extensive programme of investment during the year, 

duration was 5 years (2005: 5 years). 

our  current  gearing  level  of  65%  remains  below  the  target  range. 

However, gearing including our share of joint venture debt is 88%. This 

The group’s borrowings are at variable rates of interest, although we 

still gives us ample headroom and flexibility to move swiftly to undertake 

actively  manage  our  interest  rate  exposure  using  interest  rate 

further development and acquisitions. 

swaps. At the year end, 62% of company borrowings were hedged 

Interest cover (including our share of joint ventures) has improved 

62%). Our strategy is to hedge two­thirds of all borrowings, with the 

from 5.6 times in 2005 to 5.7 times in 2006. Excluding revaluation 

maturity of both hedges and facilities being aligned with individual 

gains (a more realistic measure of the company’s ability to service its 

schemes  where  applicable,  or  over  a  maximum  of  5  years  for 

debt), adjusted interest cover is 3.1 times (2005: 3.3 times). Both 

revolving facilities. 

in this way (2005: 58%), and 62% of joint venture borrowings (2005: 

measures  indicate  that  the  company  has  significant  additional 

capacity for debt. This capacity gives us confidence in our ability to 

continue to invest in an ambitious development programme. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20 

Business review 

Balance sheet 

Net assets 
At the year end, net asset value per share was 323p, an increase 

The independent valuation at 30th November 2006 resulted in an 

uplift in the value of our portfolio including our share of joint ventures 

of 6.7% (£55.6m), compared with the previous year end. As well as 

benefiting from successful negotiation of planning consents and our 

of 55p (20%). In common with other property companies, we use 

hands­on approach to asset management, the revaluation increase 

the diluted EPRA NAV measure of net assets which analysts also 

reflects  the  continuing  strong  investment  market  for  the  type  of 

use in comparing the relative performance of such companies. The 

secondary  properties  that  are  typical  of  our  portfolio.  During  the 

adjustments required to arrive at our adjusted net assets measure 

year, we have seen yields continue to move in on all asset classes. 

are shown in the table below. 

As an example, we are now typically carrying our shopping centres 

Adjusted net assets per share were 360p at 30th November 2006, 

an increase of 63p (21%) in the year. 

at net initial yields of around 5.5% to 6%. 

Work in progress 
Assets held in work in progress principally comprise development 

Net assets, beginning of year 

Profit after tax 

Dividends paid 

Other 

Net assets, end of year 

Deferred tax on capital allowances 

Deferred tax on revaluation surpluses 

Mark to market of interest rate swaps 

Diluted EPRA NAV 

– total 

– per share 

Years ended 


projects that are on site and under construction, and other assets 

30th November
 

that are held for resale at the period end. 

2006 

£m 

324.0 

75.9 

(11.5) 

1.4 

389.8 

7.3 

39.2 

(2.0) 

434.3 

360p 

2005
 

£m 

Assets  held  in  work  in  progress  are  not  included  in  the  annual 

265.5 

valuation. 

67.4 

(9.9) 

1.0 

Investments in associates 
Our  27.2%  shareholding  in  Northern  Racing  PLC,  an  AIM­listed 

324.0 

company, 

is  classified  as  an  equity­accounted  associated 

undertaking. The carrying value of our investment at 30th November 

5.5 

2006 is £11m. This represents the company’s share of the fair value 

29.5 

of the assets acquired, plus post­acquisition profits. We are not able 

(0.3) 

to recognise for accounting purposes the AIM market value of our 

358.7 

shareholding, which, at the share price of 179p on 30th November 

297p 

2006, was  £17m. Since the year  end the shareholding has been 

Investment properties 
Following  the  reclassification  of  certain  properties  as  part  of  the 

introduction of IFRS, the majority of the group’s assets now fall in 

transferred  to  the St.  Modwen  Properties  PLC  Employee Benefit 

Trust as part of a process of reinforcing the security of the group’s 

pension scheme and other employee benefits. 

this category. 

Financial statistics 

The  total  value  of  investment  properties,  including  100%  of  joint 

ventures, increased by £240m during the year to £1,036m. 

Net borrowings 

Gearing 

During the year in the group we sold a total of £88m of property, 

Gearing, including share of JV debt 

30th Nov 

30th Nov 

2006 

£253m 

65% 

88% 

2005 

£208m 

64% 

94% 

generating a profit of £27m. We also had our most active year ever 

Average debt maturity 

5 years 

5 years 

in terms of the value of acquisitions, with total capital expenditure 

% debt hedged 

of £272m. 

Interest cover, excluding valuation gains 

Undrawn committed facilities 

Return on shareholders’ equity 

62% 

3.1 

£198m 

27.5% 

58% 

3.3 

£100m 

28.5% 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business review 

01 

21 

02 

01 Longbridge 
The landmark conveyor which carried car bodies across 
the A38 from the West works to the South works for 
assembly. 

02 Longbridge 
The conveyor in the course of demolition. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22 

01 

Business review 

The future 

The company’s  hopper  (details  of  which  are  set  out  above  on 

page 10) is an underlying strength which should provide a stream of 

future profitability. 

The key issues determining the company’s future performance are: 

● 

● 

● 

Whether we can continue to acquire sufficient opportunities to 

top up the hopper; 

How we marshal projects through land assembly, planning and 

construction to create annual development programmes; and 

Whether the occupational market across the various sectors 

will be sufficiently strong to support those programmes. 

We have strategies in place to address each of these issues: 

Our network of regional offices, and the long­term relationships 

that  they  build,  gives  us  a  good  prospect  of  identifying  and 

securing the right opportunities; 

Regular detailed reviews of all live projects mean that issues 

associated  with  marshalling  schemes  can  be  identified  and 

addressed in a timely manner; and 

By  operating  across  a  wide  range  of  property  sectors,  we 

spread the risk of an occupational downturn in any particular 

sector. 

The current view is that, subject only to macro­economic conditions, 

future prospects are good. 

The current year has started well. The programme for the rest of the 

year is taking shape. In the light of this, the Chairman reports in his 

statement that he is looking forward with confidence to another year 

of progress for your company. 

Bill Oliver, Chief Executive 

Tim Haywood, Finance Director 

12th February 2007 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
02 

Business review 

23 

01 Pegasus Business Park, Glasgow 
A precise piece of demolition taking place as this former 
Rolls Royce facility was prepared for redevelopment. 

02 Quinton Business Park, Birmingham 
A 27,000 sq ft office building completed in the year as 
part of the company’s speculative development 
programme. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24 

Case study
 

Business review 

Brownfield renewal 
Dursley, Gloucestershire
 

Project progress 

2002 
Selected by SWRDA 

2004­2007 
Site remediation works 

01 

Background 
Acquired  in  2002,  through  a  development  agreement  with  South 
West  Regional  Development  Agency,  this  mixed  use  92  acre 
regeneration  scheme  will  redevelop  the  former  Lister  Petter 
manufacturing site. 

Our Vision 
An  exemplar  urban  village  including  600  homes,  the  creation  of 
1,000 jobs and local facilities. The project involves the opening up 
of the culverted river Cam and its sustainability credentials will be 
enhanced by a district­wide biomass heating and hot water system, 
together  with  photovoltaic cells  for  a  significant  proportion  of the 
homes. 

2006 activities have included: obtaining a resolution to grant outline 
planning permission, subject to entering into a S106 agreement; the 
acquisition  of  the  Drake  House  office  building  for  letting  as  a 
business centre; remediation of foundry sand heaps and a former 
town gas works; the creation of a site for a business park zone; the 
opening up of the first stretch of the river Cam; and the sale of the 
Towers for refurbishment to include a 44­bed nursing home. 

CESR 
We have worked closely with the Environment Agency to agree and 
then implement an innovative remediation strategy, opening up the 
culverted  river  Cam  that  bisects  the  site  to  form  a  central  green 
corridor and remediating over 200,000 tonnes of foundry sand and 
a former town gas works. The foundry sand, after extensive testing, 
was approved for use as structural fill and demolition materials are 
being reused on site. Only 1 lorry load of contaminated materials 
has left the site during the year. 

Additionally,  as  part  of  our  commitment  to  creating  an  exemplar 
urban village, the stewardship of the estate (including the biomass 
and  other  community  facilities)  will  be  vested  in  a  Community 
Interest Company. 

CESR highlight

The site of the former town gas works during the
remediation process. Dealing with the severe
forms of contamination that this type of former
use leaves is a skill the company has developed.
At Dursley the main remediation strategy
involved the use of winrows with some active
bio­remediation dramatically reducing off­site
disposal of contaminated materials.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business review 

25 

2007­2008 
Residential 
land sales 

2008­2010 
Commercial development 

2010 
Project 
completion 

03

02 

03 

01 An aerial view of the site as the reclamation 
gathers pace. 

02 A ground level view of the same area showing the 
sheer scale of the reclamation process; the truck in the 
picture has a load capacity of 24 tonnes. 

03 Drake House, the former Lister Petter head office 
which has been refurbished as a business centre. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
26 

Case study
 

Business review 

Town centre regeneration 
Edmonton Green, London N19
 

Project progress 

1999 
Site purchased 

2000­2003 
Planning approval 

2004 
Demolition 

Background 
The company acquired the shopping centre in 1999, through a 150 
year lease and a development agreement with the London Borough 
of Enfield. 

01 

The  mixed  use  development  of  the  26  acre  project  is  extremely 
complex  and  required  the  participation  of  numerous  public  and 
private  sector  organisations,  including  the  London  Borough  of 
Enfield, Transport for London. Enfield Primary Care Trust, London 
and Quadrant Housing Trust, the Metropolitan Housing Trust, Tower 
Homes, ASDA and the existing tenants in the shopping centre. 

Our Vision 
A  comprehensive  £100m  mixed­use  development  to  regenerate 
Edmonton  Green,  providing  major  community  uses  including  a 
Primary  Care  Trust  facility,  a  leisure  centre,  and  a  bus  station,  in 
addition to substantial new retail provision, and residential units. 

Construction of the first phase including part of the new retail and 
177  residential  units,  the  primary  care  centre,  bus  station,  and 
leisure centre and the refurbishment of a multi­storey car park will be 
completed  by  spring  2007.  The  demolition  of  the  existing  leisure 
centre and construction of the further leisure and retail, including an 
ASDA foodstore and a bingo hall, are due to be completed in spring 
2008. Succeeding phases include the overall refurbishment of the 
existing shopping  centre’s  malls and  the  redevelopment  of  North 
Square for retail and residential use. 

CESR 
For seven years we have worked closely with the council to help meet 
its  aspirations  to  regenerate  this  tired  area.  We  have  consulted 
extensively with the local community, running the existing shopping 
centre and markets with a hands­on local management team, ensuring 
that the development programme addresses community needs and is 
delivered with minimum disruption. 

We have become an active participant in the local community over 
the lengthy period of our involvement by various means including: 
sponsoring  the  Potters  Bar  under  11s  football  team  and  the 
Metropolitan  Police  “Street  Vibe  scheme” 
(an  educational 
programme  which  is  run  in  local  schools);  and  by  providing 
subsidised  or  free  accommodation  to  the  Artzone  community 
centre, a credit union and UK Emp (an employment charity). 

CESR highlight

The opening of the bus station in January is a
key part of our scheme. It will provide an
integrated and sustainable transport solution for
the community. The bus station will be one of the
ten busiest bus terminals in London, handling in
excess of 5 million passengers a year.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business review 

27 

2005­2008 
Construction of new retail, 
leisure and residential 

03

2008­2009 
Refurbishment of shopping centre 

2010 
Project 
completion 

02 

03 

01 The abandoned 1960’s car park in the course of 
demolition. 

02 A view of one of the residential buildings looking 
across the new leisure centre. 

03 The new entrance to the shopping centre with a 
1960’s tower framed by the redevelopment. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28 

Case study
 

Business review 

Partnering industry 
Longbridge, Birmingham
 

Project progress 

2001­2004 
Site assembly	 

2005­2006 
Resolution of 
occupancy issues 

2006­2008 
Planning approval and demolition 

Background 
The company’s interest in this former MG Rover car manufacturing 
facility, near junction 4 M5, began in 2001 when we were selected as 
development partner for 57 acres of surplus land initially by MG Rover, 
subsequently by Advantage West Midlands (AWM). The remaining 414 
acres were acquired in two tranches in 2003 and 2004. 

Following the failure of MG Rover, Nanjing Automobile Corporation 
acquired certain assets of the business and took over the 33 year 
residue of the lease on 105 acres of the South works. 

The remainder of the site is being masterplanned for a mixed­use 
development. 

Our Vision 
A  major  mixed­use,  employment­led  development,  aimed  at 
transforming  the  Longbridge  area,  with  a  target  of  10,000  jobs, 
more than replacing the 6,500 jobs lost at the time of the collapse 
of MG Rover. Key elements will include a technology park, a new 
heart for Longbridge with retail and community facilities, residential 
development, and associated infrastructure. 

This  development 
joint 
is  being  processed 
Birmingham/Bromsgrove  Area  Action  Plan  with  extensive  public 
consultation. The plan is  currently in its  penultimate stage, with  a 
preferred option being consulted upon. If it successfully passes this 
stage, the plan will be adopted for an examination in public later this 
year, after which planning applications can be submitted. 

through  a 

Utilising a planning consent obtained under the earlier development 
agreement, the company is already on site constructing 80,000 sq 
ft of office space in an innovation centre and grow­on building which 
will be handed over in June. 

Demolition of 3m sq ft of redundant buildings began in 2006 and will 
be completed by September 2007. 

CESR 
The company has never shirked involvement in public consultation, 
but the Longbridge Area Action Plan has taken its participation to an 
even higher level. 

After  an  initial  telephone  survey  and  review  with  stakeholders,  the 
consultation has already covered three stages involving newsletters sent 
out to 22,000 homes, examination of resultant feedback, numerous 
public meetings and other meetings with special interest groups. 

Whilst the consultation has been led by consultants appointed by 
the  councils,  St.  Modwen  has  had  a  significant  involvement 
throughout the process, being willing to talk or to meet with anyone 
who had a view to express. 

This process has undoubtedly helped the creation of a masterplan 
that will achieve public acceptance and a true sense of community 
involvement. 

01 

CESR highlight

Demolition of the North works — by September
2007, over 3m sq ft of redundant space will have
been demolished. 22,000 tonnes of steel will be
recycled. All the brick, concrete and similar
materials will have been crushed for re­use on
site, and the amount sent to landfill will be the
small residue where co­mingling of materials
makes recycling impractical.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business review 

29 

2008­2015	 
Mixed use development	 

03

2015 
Project 
completion 

02 

03 

01 An aerial view of Longbridge showing the areas 
where 3m sq ft of space has either been demolished or 
is in the process of demolition. 

02 A tense moment, the landmark conveyor crossing the 
A38 is dismantled. 

03 New and old: the frame of the innovation centre in the 
right foreground contrasts with the old West works 
building in the course of demolition. 

Photographs by Stuart Whipps, who won the Guardian Young
 
Photographer of the Year Award for his study of Longbridge.
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30 

Case study
 

Business review 

Restoring heritage 
Trentham Gardens, Staffordshire
 

Project progress 

1996 
Site purchased 

1997­2004 
Planning approval 

Background 
Trentham,  a  popular  tourist  venue  over  the  past c entury,  was 
acquired in 1996 from British Coal through Trentham Leisure (a joint 
venture with Mr Willi Reitz, a German wine and leisure entrepreneur). 
The  750­acre  historic  North  Staffordshire  estate  is  undergoing  a 
£100m restoration to re­instate it as one of the UK’s leading visitor 
destinations.  With  the  support  of  Stafford  Borough  Council, 
Staffordshire  County Council,  and  neighbouring  local  authorities, 
outline planning consent was obtained for its restoration in 2003. 

Our Vision 
The restoration of the historic Italian gardens, designed and created 
in the nineteenth century by Sir Charles Barry, is the centrepiece of 
the  proposed  development  that  will  create  1,000  jobs.  Working 
closely  with  English  Heritage,  leading  designers  have  been 
commissioned to restore and add contemporary flair to the historic 
gardens. In 2005 the Laurent­Perrier Trentham garden, designed by 
Tom  Stuart­Smith,  won  a  prestigious  gold  medal  at  the  Chelsea 
Flower Show, evidencing the extremely high standards attained by 
this project. The garden’s attraction has been widened by including 
a children’s activity centre and a barefoot walking trail. 

The buildings have been replaced by a 65,000 sq ft garden centre 
and 68,000 sq ft shopping village — a further 67,000 sq ft remains 
to be developed. Additional innovative visitor attractions include a 
monkey forest with over 140 free­roaming Barbary macaques, and 
an aerial extreme tree­top activity centre. 

In 2007, a 120 bedroom three star hotel is under construction and 
pre­let  to  the  Tulip  Inn  group  with  a  free  standing  high  quality 
restaurant,  both  at  the  main  entrance.  Four  shopping  kiosks  are 
being  built  in  the  shopping  village  and  a  new  series  of  gardens 
designed by Piet Ouldof are being created. Further phases of the 
shopping  village  and  other  attractions  such  as  a  winery  will  be 
initiated in future years. The creation of a five star hotel from the ruins 
of Trentham Hall is planned as the final element of the scheme. 

In 2006 there were over 2.1m visitors to the estate, which is already 
recognised  as  a  tourist  and  leisure  destination  of  national 
significance. 

CESR 
The  project  is  a  rare  combination  of  innovative  commercial 
enterprise, job creation and environmental enhancement. 

The  shopping  village  based  on  craft,  heritage,  and  tourist  retail 
provides  an  innovative  and  diverse  shopping  destination  from 
established and new businesses, very different from the standard 
multiple­dominated shopping mall. 

Over 500 jobs have already been created. Additionally, the garden 
volunteers  programme  has  provided  an  opportunity  for  40  local 
people to acquire new horticultural skills under expert guidance. For 
12 of the volunteers, this programme has been part of a return­to­
work and rehabilitation programme for people with special needs. 

01 

CESR highlight

The estate, a large part of which is a SSSI,
continues to embody the highest commitment to
sustainable ecology. As well as the works in the
gardens, an extensive programme of ecological
restoration and management is being undertaken
in the wooded areas, including control of non
native and invasive species and the
encouragement of the regeneration of the native
woodland.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business review 

31 

2004­2008 
Garden restoration and retail 
development 

2008­2010 
Operational enhancement 

2010 
Project 
completion 

03

02 

03 

01 An evening shot demonstrates the elegance of the 
new entrance bridge into the Italian gardens. 

02 An early morning autumn shot shows the glory of 
the Italian gardens, Piet Ouldof’s emerging garden in 
the Eastern pleasure grounds, and the 
commercial core. 

03 A view across the Italian gardens showing Tom 
Stuart­Smith’s modern interpretation of Barry’s 
great garden. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32 

Community, environmental and 
social responsibility (“CESR”) at the heart 
of our business 

01 

01 Llanwern 
A pre­demolition photograph showing the scale and challenge of the 
regeneration the company undertakes. 

Our projects, are very variable, and each is viewed as an entity in 

itself  with  its  own  challenges  and  impacts  to  address.  We  are, 

therefore, still reporting on a project­based narrative approach but 

we are looking to see if we can identify measurable corporate CESR 

targets that we could set on a meaningful basis to enhance further 

our reporting in future years. 

The company has for many years been at the forefront of what is 

now known as corporate responsibility. We undertake the various 

activities set out below, not because it is fashionable to do so, nor 

because  it  is  mandated  by  regulation,  but  because  it  is  the  very 

essence of our business. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Community, environmental and social responsibility 

33 

We are closely aligned with the communities in which we operate, 

During  the  year  the  company  has  demonstrated  its  enduring 

continually mindful of the impact of our developments on the local 

commitment  and  contribution  to  the  environment  and  to  the 

area.  We  contribute  to  local  communities  by  creating  new 

principles set out above, as shown by the following examples:­

workplaces and homes, supporting local enterprise, building new 

community facilities, and improving infrastructure. And in all this, we 

seek to enhance the environment, repairing the damage done by 

Brownfield land renewal 
We  believe  that  it  is  vitally  important  to  reclaim  and  redevelop 

previous  occupiers  and  by  developing  to  the  highest  possible 

redundant sites to bring them back into effective use. To this end, 

standards. 

we aim to build on previously used land: during 2006 91% of our 

building activity was on brownfield land. In achieving this level, the 

The company is a specialist in regeneration with many partnerships 

company has become skilled in the techniques of remediating pre­

with  local  and  regional  authorities  and  engages  regularly  with 

used land such as: former collieries, factories, steel works and even 

government  through  the  planning  and  environmental  regulatory 

a zinc smelter and a power station. 

framework.  The  company  is  determined  to  maintain  its  high 

reputation  for  delivery  and  integrity  and  as  a  good  partner  with 

Regeneration Activities in 2006 

whom to work. 

St. Modwen is committed to improving the built environment, and 

undertakes projects that seek to transform areas of dereliction and 

decay  into  sustainable  communities.  One  of  the  company’s  key 

strengths is its ability and willingness to undertake difficult and long 

term  projects,  particularly  in  the  remediation  of  contaminated 

brownfield land, the regeneration of tired town centres, the reuse of 

redundant former employment complexes, and in the restoration of 

heritage assets of both local and national importance. 

In all of its dealings, the company will: 

Comply  with  all  applicable  environmental 

legislation, 

regulations, standards and best practice; 

Develop operational procedures designed to minimise pollution 

risks and to deal effectively with any incidents which occur; 

Take  positive  action  to  minimise  waste  and  to  encourage 

recycling; 

No. of 

Schemes 

68 

47 

Brownfield sites under development 

Remediation work in progress 

At Llanwern we have reclaimed over 1,000 tonnes of scrap metal 

from the site, and  are re­using the crushed concrete arising from 

breaking up the surface slabs. In conjunction with the Environment 

Agency,  we  are currently undertaking extensive remediation  trials 

over 10 acres of the site to assess the effectiveness of a variety of 

techniques.  We  are  also  progressing  plans  for  the  reuse  of  local 

green waste to generate soil on site, and also to reuse on site slag, 

coke and several other waste products from the former steelwork 

operations. 

At Longbridge the demolition of the former MG Rover factory will 

result  in  the  remediation  of  159  acres  of  brownfield  land.  The 

enormous  scale  of  this  project  is  evidenced  by  the  activities 

undertaken in 2006. 

Improve  efficiency  in  the  use  of  land,  energy,  water  and 

Longbridge Remediation Activities 

construction materials; 

Steel recovered to date and sent for recycling 

10,000 tonnes 

Work in partnership with our professional advisors, suppliers 

Steel being recovered in the next 6 months 

and sub­contractors to ensure effective environmental supply 

under demolition contracts which have been let 

12,000 tonnes 

chain  management,  alongside  quality,  price  and  other 

Brickwork and concrete crushed to date for 

purchasing criteria; 

reuse on site 

75,000 tonnes 

Manage the environmental impact of our schemes through the 

Brickwork and concrete which will be crushed 

use of carefully thought­out layout, design and specification; 

in the next 6 months under demolition 

Train  employees  to  enhance  their  awareness  of,  and 

contracts which have been let 

130,000 tonnes 

commitment to, maximising environmental performance; and 

Petrol recovered to date from the MG Rover 

Review the company’s environmental policy annually to take 

spillage and sent for re­refining 

365,000 litres 

account of organisational, legislative and fiscal changes. 

Conversion of existing production 

space for reuse 

800,000 sq ft 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
34 

Community, environmental and social responsibility 

01 Demolition 
The messy side of life: part of Longbridge during the 
demolition process (in partnership with Advantage West 
Midlands). 

02 Demolition 
Working within the constraints of a tight site on a slab 
over the West coast main railway line, the works at 
Wembley (in our joint venture redevelopment with Rotch) 
required careful planning to ensure that design loads 
were never exceeded. 

At Newton le Willows, we have commenced the first phase of an 

The Llanwern consultation, monitored by consultants PPS, is typical 

extensive site remediation strategy that will involve the treatment of 

of the company’s extensive efforts. 

300,000  tonnes  of  hydrocarbon­ and  heavy  metal­impacted 

material,  and  the  demolition  of  over  400,000  sq  ft  of  derelict 

In order to ensure that stakeholders and the local community were 

buildings. So far we have remediated 5 acres of land, and have re­

provided with every opportunity to contribute to the development 

used 10,000 tonnes of crushed concrete from the demolition phase 

of the scheme, PPS applied the company’s seven­point programme 

of the project. 

for effective public consultation in the planning process: 

Community involvement 
We recognise that our business should be conducted in a socially 

1.	  Notify  —  the  community  must  be  made  aware  of  the 

consultation  programme  along  with  a  timescale  of  different 

as well as an environmentally responsible way, and so we strive to 

activities 

conduct all our  business activities in a fair and balanced manner, 

2.	 

Inform — having notified people of the consultation process, 

respecting and responding to social and ethical issues arising from 

information  is  then  provided  on  the  background  of  the 

our commercial activities. 

proposed  development  and  any  constraints  that  may  be 

influential. 

Our  policy  is to  work  for  the  advantage  of  the  local  communities 

3.	  Consult — members of the public and key stakeholder groups 

around our developments and to treat all of our business partners 

liaise  with  the  project  team  and  put  forward  ideas  and 

as we would hope to be treated ourselves. 

aspirations for the development 

4.	  Measure  and  analyse  results  —  having  allowed  an 

A  real  public/private  partnership  working  arrangement  lies  at  the 

acceptable  timeframe  for  everyone  with  an  interest  to 

core  of  any  successful  regeneration  project.  St.  Modwen  is 

comment, the results of the consultation are then quantified 

experienced  in  working  with  public  sector  bodies  throughout  the 

5.	  Report  back  —  feedback  is  then  analysed  and  the  results 

UK. Through a programme of regular high level strategic meetings, 

publicised  within  the  community  and  through  stakeholder 

coupled  with  frequent  working  group  meetings,  the  company 

groups 

creates those vital working arrangements. 

6.	  Respond  and  change  —  respond  to  the  views  of  the 

Current  examples  of  this  are  the  longstanding  partnerships  with 

possible 

Enfield Borough Council (for our major Edmonton Green scheme, 

7.	  Publish proposals — at the end of the process the proposals 

initiated in 1999), Welwyn & Hatfield District Council (for the Hatfield 

are  published  and  the  community  and  key  stakeholders  are 

town centre regeneration project, which commenced in 2003), and 

informed about how their views have influenced the process 

community and incorporate changes into the scheme, where 

Farnborough  Town  Council  (a  major  mixed  use  regeneration 

scheme, which began in 1998). 

At  Longbridge  Technology  Park,  we  are  working  with  the 

Construction  Employment  Alliance  to  encourage  our  building 

It is the company’s policy to undertake extensive consultation at an 

contractors  to  hire  locally,  enabling  employees  to  be  trained  and 

early stage on  any project  to ensure the highest  possible level of 

developed in order to gain longer term employment through their 

local  involvement.  All  public  consultations  are  led  directly  by  St. 

qualifications. 

Modwen, rather than relying on external consultants. This ensures 

that feedback is accurate and informed, and that a genuine dialogue 

We have agreed to donate £20,000 to West Ruislip High School to 

takes place, often resulting in improvements to the scheme. 

assist  them  in  qualifying  as  a  specialist  school  in  Maths  and 

The  consultations  on  the  redevelopment  of  Longbridge  and 

Computing. 

Llanwern  have  incorporated  designated  websites  to  give  local 

During  2006 

the  company  established  The  St.  Modwen 

people insight into the consultation and planning process, to provide 

Environmental  Trust  to  support  projects  that  seek  to  improve, 

a channel for feedback, as well as giving information on the sites. 

provide  or  maintain  community  facilities,  or  improve  the  local 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Community, environmental and social responsibility 

35 

01 

environment.  An  authorised  Environmental  Body  under  the 

02 

Government’s Landfill Tax Credit Scheme, the Trust will distribute 

approximately £300,000 per annum to community projects in areas 

local to the company’s operations. In future years, the Trust will be 

the principal vehicle for the company’s charitable giving. 

Sustainable development 
St.  Modwen  is  fully  committed  to  the  principles  of  sustainable 

development  which  have  been  put  at  the  heart  of  the  planning 

system. 

Consequently  our  developments  seek  to  encourage  modes  of 

transport  other  than  the  car  and  to  integrate  with  local  facilities. 

Where  these  facilities  do  not  exist  we  are  able  to  use  our 

considerable  experience  of  mixed­use  development  to  provide 

them. For example: 

Our regeneration of Wembley Central will include a refurbished 

underground and main line station entrance. This scheme also 

incorporates an extensive new pedestrian square as a part of 

our  commitment  to  enhance  the  public  realm 

in  this 

development; 

At Edmonton Green, we completed the construction of a 26 

stand bus station in partnership with Transport for London; and 

Facilities  for  cyclists  are  provided  at  all  of  our  new  office 

developments, including cycle storage, lockers, showers and 

drying facilities. 

We are also mindful of the natural environment: 

At  Trentham  Gardens,  we  are  implementing  an  extensive 

ecological landscape management plan, working closely with 

English Nature; 

Across all of our sites, we have planted 40,000 trees, shrubs 

and hedgerow plants during 2006 as part of our commitment 

to improving the environment in which we operate. Combining 

a  contribution  for  the  environment  with  our  longstanding 

support for the Donna Louise Hospice, we also planted 60,000 

daffodil  bulbs  as  part  of  their  awareness  and  fundraising 

initiative; 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
Community, environmental and social responsibility 

36 

01 

02 

The  impact  of  our  development  activities  on  the  natural 

environment is closely monitored, and we work in partnership 

with English Nature, and many other similar organisations to 

ensure that we leave behind a positive environmental legacy; 

and 

On three sites throughout the Midlands we are working with 

Butterfly  Conservation  to  ensure  that  our  site  management 

regime provides the habitats in which endangered species of 

butterfly can flourish. 

Environmental Remediation in 2006 

(out of 76 schemes currently on site) 

Liaison with Environment Agency 

Liaison with English Nature 

Ecological surveys 

Ecological works 

River improvement works 

No. of schemes 

55 

33 

50 

32 

10 

As part of our heritage restoration activities, we play an important 

role in safeguarding the country’s built and environmental heritage. 

Our signing of Project MoDEL during the year gave us control of, 

and stewardship over, the Grade II listed Bentley Priory. This site is 

famous for its pivotal role as Fighter Command Headquarters during 

the Battle of Britain, and our future development plans will ensure 

that this great historical legacy is properly preserved for the nation. 

01 Guiseley, Yorkshire 
Controlled reclamation: the picture shows the site after 400,000 sq ft of space has 
been demolished, levels have been prepared for development, the ground remediated, 
and materials have been recycled for use in the subsequent redevelopment — even 
the clock tower was salvaged and donated to the local community. 

02 Long Marston 
Re­opening the rail link to this former MoD site has enabled a valuable re­use for train 
storage. 

03 Green hairstreak butterfly 
The company is pioneering the creation by a commercial developer of suitable butterfly 
habitats with Butterfly Conservation. 

04 RAF Bentley Priory 
The original house which formed the core of Fighter Command’s HQ for the Battle of 
Britain — a piece of Britain’s heritage being protected as part of Project MoDEL. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
Community, environmental and social responsibility 

37 

03 

04 

r 

e
h
s

 A
m
J

i

Although  our  development  and const ruction  activities  have  the 

An important element of design is energy efficiency. We seek the 

greatest  impact,  we  encourage  recycling  throughout  our  site 

most environmentally effective solutions for our occupiers in terms 

management operations as evidenced by the initiatives at Trentham 

of  whole­life  cost.  Energy  use  in  our  new  buildings  is  minimised 

Gardens,  Elephant  &  Castle  and  Edmonton  Green.  We  have 

through a variety of devices including: 

installed new compaction units and cardboard bailing machines at 

these sites to enable waste recycling by our retail tenants: this has 

Sub metering of multi­occupancy buildings; 

resulted in an average increase in recycling of 30%. The success of 

High quality insulation; 

these schemes will lead  to a wider  roll­out in 2007, including  our 

Provision of low energy lighting and equipment; 

schemes at Farnborough, Catford and Leegate. As the programme 

Optimising natural daylight and ventilation; 

becomes more advanced we will be incorporating plastic and glass 

Provision of zone lighting and heating; and 

recycling. All our other centres will be reviewed throughout 2007 to 

Optimising use of recycled and sustainable materials. 

assess what can be achieved in recycling and minimising the use of 

landfill. Cranfield University has been engaged to assist in design 

Examples of energy efficient design include: 

and monitoring of the recycling programmes running on our sites. 

Design quality 
We aim to deliver design quality and innovation in both built form 

As part of our plans for the redevelopment of the station area 

in Bedford, we are committing to a 10% reduction in energy 

use in a scheme that is being used as case study by DEFRA 

and public realm. In practical terms, design has to be fit for purpose, 

in their report on climate change; and 

with  competitive  full­life  costs,  minimising  environmental  impact, 

respecting the public realm and adjoining properties, and attractive. 

Our  Wembley  Central  project  incorporates  a  wide  range  of 

improvements to the energy efficiency of buildings throughout 

We also seek to ensure that the design of our buildings is future­

their  whole  lifetime.  Design  features  include:  a  specified  U­

proofed, by maximising the flexibility of interior and external spaces, 

value  for  new  buildings  that  is  12%  better  than  Building 

and by using traditional and robust materials. 

Regulations, and a 25% improvement for refurbished buildings; 

Full consultation takes place on all schemes with appropriate bodies 

layer and have a certified global warming potential of less than 

such as the Commission for Architecture and the Built Environment, 

5; the use of at least 75% of timber from certified renewable or 

the use of insulation materials that do not deplete the ozone 

to ensure that this is achieved. 

Environmental Construction 

(out of 76 schemes currently on site) 

BREEAM very good rating 

Reuse of on­site materials 

Renewable energy 

Sustainable urban drainage systems 

recycled sources, and none from threatened sources; the use 

of  construction  materials  with  an  ‘A’  rating  from  the  Green 

Guide for  Housing Specification; low energy light fittings are 

provided throughout the new development, saving up to 75% 

No. of schemes 

of 

the  electricity  required 

for 

traditional 

fittings;  and 

specification  of 

low  water­use  sanitaryware  to  reduce 

consumption by 15 to 25%. 

14 

56 

6 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
38 

01 

Community, environmental and social responsibility 

 
 
 
 
Community, environmental and social responsibility 

39 

01 Elegant simplicity 
The staircase in one of the speculative office buildings at 
Quinton Business Park, Birmingham. 

Carbon footprint 
A preliminary review of the company’s operational carbon footprint, 

In furtherance of these objectives we are inviting shareholders to opt 

to 

receive 

the  Annual  and 

Interim  Reports  and  other 

excluding  development,  has  been  undertaken.  The  footprint  is 

communications  from  the  company  electronically,  instead  of  in 

principally affected by the energy use in our offices and travel of our 

paper  form.  For  every  such  option  received,  the  company 

employees. 

Our initial assessment is as follows: 

Energy use in offices 1 

Employee travel 2 

Sundry activities 

Total estimated carbon footprint 

320 tonnes 

360 tonnes 

140 tonnes 

820 tonnes 

1  Utilising on­benchmark figures given in BRECSU Energy Consumption Guide 19: 

Energy Use in Offices and using CO2 emission factors of 0.19kg CO2/kWh for gas, 

and 0.43kg CO2/kWh for electricity. 

2  Utilising the ‘medium­sized petrol car’ data in the World Resources Institute Indirect 

CO2 Emissions from Business Travel spreadsheet. 

undertakes  to  plant  a  tree.  To  exercise  this  option,  shareholders 

should notify info@stmodwen.co.uk. 

Social inclusion 
Many of the projects undertaken by the company have been integral 

to  efforts  to  reduce  social  exclusion,  through  the  inclusion  of 

improvements  to  local  amenities  and  social  housing  in  areas  of 

significant deprivation. An outstanding example in the last year was 

the  completion  of  an  important  new  primary  care  facility  at 

Edmonton Green (a partnership between St. Modwen and Enfield 

Borough Council). 

Once a  project  is  underway, active participation in  the social  and 

community  activities  in  the  location  of  its  developments  is  a  key 

The  company  maintains  approximately  950  acres  of  woodland 

feature of the company’s approach to tackling social exclusion. A 

outside  of  developed  areas.  This  woodland  is  managed  and 

combination of initiatives is used by St. Modwen to encourage local 

harvested for timber with any waste materials being mulched and 

communities  to  share  in  the  improvements  brought  about  by  its 

used on development projects. The woodland is actively managed 

regeneration schemes, including: 

with a programme of new planting to replace trees that have been 

harvested or have died. 

Encouraging the employment of local people; 

Incorporating opportunities for local traders in markets or small 

It  is  estimated  that  this  woodland  locks  up  approximately  850 

units in our retail schemes at sustainable levels of rent; 

tonnes  of  carbon  each  year,  and  that  therefore,  in  terms  of  the 

Subsidising local initiatives such as a Credit Union, arts facilities 

operational business St. Modwen is broadly carbon neutral. 

and community wardens; 

Encouraging community participation in our developments. At 

St. Modwen will continue to review its carbon footprint and there 

Trentham Gardens we have a team of 40 volunteers, 12 from 

are  a  number  of  areas  where  we  are  currently  looking  to  make 

special needs groups for whom the opportunity for supervised 

improvement, as follows. 

work  on  our  estate 

is  an 

important  part  of 

their 

treatment/rehabilitation; 

Introducing renewable energy sources into company offices; 

Incorporating non­intrusive, but high levels of security facilities 

Minimising the number of journeys made by employees; 

in our schemes to reassure and protect the vulnerable; and 

Encouraging  the  use  of  more  energy  efficient  vehicles  and 

Sponsoring  local  sport,  leisure  and  charitable  activities, 

appliances; and 

including  the  Trentham  Brass  Band  and  the  Staffs  &  Stoke 

Increasing the amount of native woodland planted. 

Children’s Theatre, both of whom have performed throughout 

the  season  at  Trentham  Gardens.  At  Elephant  &  Castle  we 

In addition, significant emissions are associated with the company’s 

supported the Elefest (a community festival promoting the area) 

property  portfolio.  These  form  part  of  the  carbon  footprint  of  the 

by  providing  space  for  use  as  a  gallery  for  local  artists  and 

occupiers of these buildings and are consequently not included in 

facilities for groups to perform in the centre. 

the  measurements  above.  Reducing 

these  emissions 

is 

nevertheless  a  significant  opportunity  for  the  company,  and  one 

At  a  number  of  our  sites,  we  provide  free,  or  heavily  subsidised, 

which  its  policies  of  site  management  sustainable  design  and 

space and facilities for the use of local charities. These include free 

procurement are intended to address. 

storage  and  parking  for  Lawrence  Weston  Community  Buses  at 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
40 

01 

Community, environmental and social responsibility 

Avonmouth;  free  use  of  our  site  for  the  Dursley  Town  Council 

A  safe  and  healthy  working  environment  is  established  and 

Festival; free use of our Trentham Gardens site for the Race for Life 

maintained at all of the company’s locations; 

(which raised £440,000), the Donna Louise Trust, Douglas McMillan 

Managers at all levels regard health and safety matters as a 

Hospice,  and  Newcastle  disabled  adventure  playground  (which 

prime management responsibility; 

together raised  £120,000 from Trentham events); and subsidised 

Sufficient  financial  resources  are  provided  to  ensure  that 

space at Edmonton Green for the Artzone community centre and for 

policies can be carried out effectively; 

UK Emp (an employment charity) to assist with the fit­out of new 

Good standards of training and instruction in matters of health 

teaching facilities. 

and  safety  are  provided  and  maintained  at  all  levels  of 

The  case  studies  on  pages  24  to  31  also  demonstrate  the 

Risk assessments are carried out where appropriate; 

company’s implementation of CESR. 

Co­operation of staff in promoting safe and healthy conditions 

employment; 

Health and safety 
The  company  gives  high  priority  to  safeguarding  the  health  and 

safety of the public and its employees by pursuing a policy which 

ensures that: 

and systems of work is required; and 

An adequate advisory service in matters of health and safety is 

provided and maintained. 

Detailed  policies  and  procedures  are  documented  and  made 

available  to  all  staff.  The  health  and  safety  forum,  chaired  by  the 

Its business is conducted in accordance with standards that 

Company  Secretary,  and  reporting  to  the  Chief  Executive,  meets 

are in compliance with relevant statutory provisions for health 

regularly  to  discuss  and  resolve  implementation  issues.  The 

and  safety  of  staff  and  any  other  persons  on  company 

procedures  are  reviewed  by  the  board  annually,  with  health  and 

premises; 

safety matters included on the agenda of every board meeting. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
Community, environmental and social responsibility 

41 

02 

This forum provides guidance to employees on all aspects of health 

03 

and safety. To assist, a health and safety procedures manual has 

been produced. 

As  we  undertake  no  construction  work  on  site  directly,  our 

assessment of a subcontractor or main contractor’s health and safety 

procedures forms a key part of our supplier selection process, and a 

vital element in our health and safety controls. For our operational 

sites  (including  Trentham  Gardens  and  Solihull  Ice  Rink)  and  our 

shopping centres, individual risk assessments are undertaken, and 

updated annually, by a retained health and safety consultant. 

The company’s health and safety performance continues to be very 

good, with no enforcement notices, no prosecutions for breaches of 

health and safety, and no fatalities. 

01 
Prior to redevelopment, a steelworks building spanned 
this section of the Trent & Mersey canal. Now high 
quality business space benefits from the idyllic setting in 
Etruria Valley, Stoke­on­Trent as part of Stoke­on­Trent 
Regeneration’s public private partnership redevelopment. 

02 
A view inside the Longbridge conveyor prior to its 
demolition. 

03 
Some of the participants in Elefest, a community festival 
which was supported by our KPI joint venture at the 
Elephant & Castle. 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
42 

Board members
 

01 

05 

09 

02 

06 

10 

03 

07 

04 

08 

Anthony Glossop† MA 

01
Chairman 
Aged 65. A director since 1976 and Chief 
Executive from 1982 to 2004. Previously 
Chief Executive of Redman Heenan 
International plc. He is also a non­
executive director of Northern Racing PLC, 
and of Robinson PLC. 

Bill Oliver BSc, FCA 

02
Chief Executive 
Aged 50. Joined the company as Finance 
Director in 2000. Appointed Managing 
Director in 2003 and Chief Executive in 
2004. Previously Finance Director of 
Dwyer Estates plc after a career in the 
housing industry. 

Tim Haywood MA, FCA 

03
Finance Director and 
Company Secretary 
Aged 43. Joined the company in 2003. 
Previously Chief Financial Officer of 
Hagemeyer (UK) Limited, after a career 
with Williams Holdings PLC. 

Christopher Roshier* 

05
MA, FCA 
Aged 60. A non­executive director 
appointed in 1987. Senior independent 
director. He is a Chartered Accountant 
with over 20 years’ experience in 
Corporate Finance. Currently chairman of 
Gibbs & Dandy PLC and Deutsche Land 
Management LLP and a director of two 
overseas investment companies. 

06
John Salmon*† FCA 
Aged 62. A non­executive director 
appointed in 2005. Chairman of the audit 
committee. Formerly a partner of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers, and a member 
and former Deputy Chairman of their 
Supervisory Board. Currently a senior 
advisor to IDDAS and a trustee and 
member of Council of the British Heart 
Foundation. 

Mary Francis MA, CBE*† 

07
Aged 58. A Non­Executive Director 
appointed in 2005. Chairman of the 
remuneration committee. Former 
Director­General of the Association of 
British Insurers and Deputy Private 
Secretary to the Queen. Previously a 
senior civil servant in HM Treasury and 
10 Downing Street. She is a non­
executive director of the Bank of 
England, Centrica plc and Aviva plc. 

04
Steve Burke 
Construction Director 
Aged 47. Joined the company as 
construction director in 1995 and 
appointed to the main board as a 
director in November 2006. Previously 
contracts director and construction 
manager with a number of national 
contracting companies (including Balfour 
Beatty and Clarke Construction). 

Simon Clarke* 

08
Aged 41. A non­executive director 
appointed in 2004. Currently Deputy 
Chairman of Northern Racing PLC and a 
Director and the Vice­Chairman of the 
Racecourse Association. 

Ian Menzies­Gow*† MA 

09
Aged 64. A non­executive director 
appointed in 2002. Formerly Chairman of 
Geest PLC and prior to that held senior 
executive positions within the Hanson 
Group. Currently Chairman of Derbyshire 
Building Society. 

10
Paul Rigg*† DL, CPFA 
Aged 60. A non­executive director 
appointed in 2004. Formerly Chief 
Executive of West Sussex County 
Council. Currently a freelance 
consultant, his present roles include 
support for the Innovation Forum of 
excellent councils on behalf of the 
Department of Communities and Local 
Government and he is interim (part­time) 
Director of Finance with the Local 
Government Association. He is chairman 
of the Children Services Partnership 
Board for Swindon, an advisor to the 
University of East Anglia’s project team 
reviewing Children’s Trusts, and a 
Director of the Chichester Festival 
Theatre Ltd. 

*	  Members of audit and remuneration 

committees 

†	  Members of nomination committee 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior management
 

43 

01 

02 

05 

03 

06 

04 

07 

John Dodds, BSc, FRICS 

01
Regional Director – Midlands 
Aged 50. 5 years’ service. 

02
Mike Herbert 
Regional Director 
– North Staffordshire 
Aged 51. 16 years’ service. 

Tim Seddon 

05
BSc, MRICS 
Regional Director 
– London and South East 
Aged 42. 1 year’s service. 

Rupert Joseland 

03
BSc, MRICS 
Regional Manager 
– South West
 
Aged 37. 5 years’ service.
 

Michelle Taylor, 

06
BSc, MRICS 
Regional Director – North West 
Aged 44. 15 years’ service. 

Stephen Prosser 

04
BSc, MRICS 
Regional Manager – Yorkshire 
Aged 43. 9 years’ service. 

Derek West FRICS 
07
Retail Development Director 
Aged 59. 22 years’ service. 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
44 

Directors’ report
 

The  directors  present  their  report  together  with  the  audited 

accounts for the year ended 30th November 2006. 

Directors and their interests 
The  names  of  the  directors  of  the  company  are  set  out  on 

Review of results, activities and future 
prospects 
The  pre­tax  profit  for  the  year  was  £96.9m  (2005:  £82.9m).  The 

In  accordance  with  the  provisions  set  out  in  Section  1  of  the 

Combined Code on Corporate Governance issued by the Financial 

retained  profit  of  £75.9m  (2005:  £67.4m)  is  to  be  transferred  to 

Reporting Council in July 2003 (“the Code”), Christopher Roshier 

reserves. 

offers himself for re­election to the board. The reasons for this are 

page 42. 

The company acts as the holding company of a group of property 

set out on page 46. 

investment and development companies. 

Steve Burke (appointed 30th November 2006), Anthony Glossop, 

Dividend 
The directors recommend the payment of a final dividend of 6.8p 

(2005:  5.9p)  per  ordinary  share  to  be  paid  on  4th  May  2007  to 

Simon Clarke and Paul Rigg will retire from the board in accordance 

with  the  provisions  of  the  company’s  Articles  of  Association  and 

offer themselves for re­election. 

shareholders on the register on 13th April 2007. An interim dividend 

None  of  the  directors  had  any  material  interest  in  contracts  with 

of 3.4p (2005: 2.9p) was paid on 1st September 2006. 

the group. 

Going concern 
The directors are of the opinion that, having regard to the bank and 

The  interests  below  do  not  include  shares  held  under  the  share 

option schemes described in the directors’ remuneration report on 

loan  facilities  available  to  the  group,  there  is  a  reasonable 

pages 53 to 60. 

expectation that the group has sufficient working capital to continue 

in operational existence for the foreseeable future. For this reason, 

There  has  been  no  change 

in 

these 

interests  since 

they  continue  to  adopt  the  going  concern  basis  in  preparing  the 

30th November 2006. 

accounts. 

Directors’ interests in ordinary shares 
The interests of the directors in the issued share capital of the company are shown below: 

Beneficial 

S.W. Clarke 

M.E. Francis 

C.C.A. Glossop 

T.P. Haywood 

W.A. Oliver 

C.E. Roshier 

Non­beneficial 

C.C.A. Glossop 

30th November 2006 

30th November 2005 

3,859,332 

1,000 

1,707,933 

66,823 

188,304 

10,417 

1,559,333 

1,000 

1,704,673 

– 

150,000 

10,417 

100,000 

100,000 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report 

45 

Substantial interests 
As  at  12th  February 2007, in  addition  to  those  noted  above, the 

Disclosure of information to auditors 
Each director at the date of approval of this report confirms that: 

company had been notified of the following interests in more than 

3% of its issued share capital: 

1.	 

so far as they are aware, there is no relevant audit information 

Percentage of 

of which the company’s auditors are unaware; and 

Shareholder 

Ordinary Share Capital 

J.D. Leavesley and connected parties 

14.27% 

2.	 

they have taken all steps necessary to be aware of any relevant 

Lady Clarke and family holdings (excluding S.W. Clarke)  25.10% 

audit information and to establish that the company’s auditors 

Thames River Capital 

ING Investment Management 

3.95% 

3.22% 

are aware of that information 

Creditor payment policy 
It  is  the  group’s  policy  to  agree  specific  payment  terms  for  its 

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance 

with the provisions of S234ZA of the Companies Act 1985. 

business transactions with its suppliers and to abide by those terms 

The information that fulfils the requirements of Section 234ZZB of 

whenever it is satisfied that the supplier has provided the goods and 

the Companies Act 1985 can be found in the business review on 

services in accordance with the agreed terms and conditions. 

pages  8  to  22,  and  in  the  community,  environmental  and  social 

responsibility disclosures on pages 32 to 41, which are incorporated 

As at  30th November 2006 trade creditors represented an average 

in this report by reference. 

of 25 days’ purchases (2005: 26 days). 

Employees 
The group encourages employee involvement and places emphasis 

Tim Haywood 

on  keeping  its  employees  informed  of  the  group’s  activities  and 

Secretary 

performance.  A  performance­related  annual  bonus  scheme  and 

12th February 2007 

By order of the board 

share option  arrangements are designed to encourage employee 

involvement in the success of the group. 

The group operates a non­discriminatory employment policy under 

which full and fair consideration is given to disabled applicants and 

to the continued employment of staff who become disabled. 

The  group  operates  a  pension  scheme  which  is  open  to  all 

employees — see note 19. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
46 

Corporate governance report
 

St.  Modwen  is committed  to  the  highest  standards  of  corporate 

The  Code  recommends  that  all  members  of  the  audit  and 

governance. The board of directors, through the executive directors 

remuneration  committees  are  independent  non­executive 

and management, exercises effective control over the group and its 

directors. Each of these committees comprises all of the non­

activities,  recognising  its responsibility  to  shareholders  and  other 

executive members of the board. As explained above, Simon 

interested  parties.  The  procedures  for  applying  these  principles 

Clarke is not a fully independent director under the Code, but 

within  the  group  are  set  out  below.  This  should  be  read  in 

the  board  considers  that  its  discussions  benefit  from  his 

conjunction  with  the  directors’  remuneration  report  on  pages 

involvement in the preparatory detailed scrutiny which takes 

53 to 60. 

place in these committees. As also noted above, Simon Clarke 

has  a  strong 

interest 

in  challenging  and  monitoring 

Throughout the year ended 30th November 2006 the company has 

management’s performance. Additionally, it is proposed that 

complied with the Code except for the following matters: 

Christopher Roshier will stand down from both committees at 

the Annual General Meeting (“AGM”); and 

The Code asks the board to identify each non­executive director 

it considers to be independent. Of the six non­executive directors 

The Code recommends that a chief executive should not go 

at  the  end  of  2006,  the  board  considers  Mary  Francis,  Ian 

on to be the chairman of the same company. As explained in 

Menzies­Gow, Paul Rigg, Christopher Roshier and John Salmon 

previous years’ annual reports, the board recommended the 

to be fully independent. The Code seeks an explanation for the 

appointment  of  former  Chief  Executive  Anthony Glossop  as 

determination of independence in certain circumstances, including 

Chairman of the company. This was endorsed by shareholders 

if  a  non­executive  has  served  for  longer  than  nine  years. 

at the Annual General Meeting in April 2004. The roles of the 

Christopher  Roshier  has  been  a  non­executive  director  for 

Chairman and Chief Executive are carefully differentiated and 

nineteen years, but the board is satisfied that he maintains an 

set  out  in  job  descriptions  agreed  by  the  board.  The  Chief 

independent  and  rigorous  approach  to  all  of  its  business  and 

Executive  is  wholly  responsible  for  the  profitability  of  the 

accordingly considers him to be independent. In accordance with 

company  and  its  internal  operations.  Anthony  Glossop,  in 

the Code, he is standing for re­election at the forthcoming Annual 

addition  to  his  normal  role as  Chairman,  supports  the  Chief 

General Meeting. The board recognises that Simon Clarke does 

Executive  in  key  external  business  relationships,  on  major 

not meet the criteria for a fully independent director under the 

projects,  and  in  matters  affecting  the  company’s  reputation 

Code, although his position as a representative of the Clarke and 

and integrity. 

Leavesley families, who together hold 51.4m shares (42.5%) in the 

company’s equity, gives him a very strong interest in challenging 

and scrutinising management to secure excellent performance 

from the company; 

Board composition and committees 
The  composition  of  the  board  provides  an  appropriate  blend  of 

experience and qualifications, and the number of non­executives 

provides  a  strong  base  for  ensuring  appropriate  corporate 

The Code recommends that at least half the board, excluding 

governance  of 

the  company.  The  board’s  decisions  are 

the  chairman,  should  comprise  independent  non­executive 

implemented by the executive directors. The Chairman and the non­

directors.  The  board  currently comprises  five  non­executive 

executives also met during the year without the executive directors 

directors  whom  it  determines  to  be  independent;  one  non­

being present. 

executive (Simon Clarke) who is not deemed fully independent 

under  the  Code  but  who  —  as  explained  above  —  has  a 

Christopher  Roshier  is  the  senior  independent  director.  He  is 

strong interest as a shareholder representative in challenging 

available for consultation by shareholders, whenever appropriate. 

and  scrutinising  management;  and  four  executive  members 

including the chairman. The object sought by the Code — that 

The company’s Articles of Association provide that all directors are 

no individual or group of individuals can dominate the board’s 

subject  to  re­election  at  least  every  three  years.  In  addition,  all 

decision­making — is thus achieved; 

directors are subject to re­election by shareholders after their initial 

appointment. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
Corporate governance report 

47 

The reappointment of non­executive directors is not automatic. It is 

b)	  Audit committee 

intended that appointments will be for an initial term of three years, 

The  audit  committee,  which  comprises  all  of  the  non­executive 

which may be extended by mutual agreement. Prior to each non­

directors, was chaired by Christopher Roshier until April 2006. At 

executive  offering  himself  to  the  members  for  re­election  his 

the AGM in April 2006 John Salmon assumed the chairmanship. 

reappointment must be confirmed by the Chairman in consultation 

The  Finance  Director  attends  these  meetings  but  the  committee 

with the remainder of the board. 

also  meets  without  executive  directors  being  present  and  has 

private sessions with the auditors. The committee has direct access 

The  terms  and  conditions  of  appointment  of  all  directors  are 

to the auditors. 

available  for  inspection  at  the  company’s  registered  office  during 

normal business hours, and at the AGM. 

The audit committee’s functions include: 

The board is supplied with timely and relevant information regarding 

Ensuring  that  appropriate  accounting  systems  and  financial 

the business, through regular monthly and ad hoc reports, site visits 

controls  are  in  operation  and  that  the  company’s  financial 

and presentations from members of the management team and by 

statements comply with statutory and other requirements; 

meetings with key partners. Where appropriate, the company provides 

Receiving  reports  from,  and  consulting  with,  the  external 

the  resources  to  enable  directors  to  update  and  upgrade  their 

auditors; 

knowledge. Through the company secretary, the board is informed of 

Reviewing  the  interim  and  annual  results  and  reports  to 

corporate governance issues and all board members have access via 

shareholders,  and  considering  any  matters  raised  by  the 

the company secretary to independent advice if required. 

auditors; 

Considering the appropriateness of the accounting policies of 

The  criteria  used  for  evaluating  individual  executive  directors’ 

the company used in preparing its financial statements; 

performance  are  included  in  the  directors’  remuneration  report. 

Monitoring the progress of the company in preparing for, and 

Individual non­executive directors’ performance is reviewed by the 

implementing,  the  introduction  of  International  Financial 

Chairman and Chief Executive. The performance of the board as a 

Reporting Standards; 

whole is assessed in the context of the company’s achievement of 

Monitoring  the  scope,  cost­effectiveness  and  objectivity  of 

its  strategic  objectives  and  total  shareholder  return  targets. 

the audit; 

Feedback on the company is sought through external surveys from 

Monitoring  the  company’s  policy  on  non­audit  services 

shareholders, analysts and other professionals within the investment 

provided by the external auditors; 

community  following  the  regular  briefings,  presentations  and  site 

Making  an  annual  assessment  of  the  external  auditors  and 

visits undertaken by the company. This feedback is made available 

recommending, or not, their reappointment; 

to the whole board. 

Considering the need for an internal audit function; 

Reviewing 

“whistle­blowing”  arrangements  within 

the 

In  support  of  the  principles  of  good  corporate  governance,  the 

company; and 

board has appointed  the following committees, all of  which have 

Reviewing  its  own  performance,  constitution  and  terms  of 

formal  terms  of  reference  which  are  available  for  inspection  by 

reference to ensure it is operating at maximum effectiveness 

shareholders and are posted on the company’s website. 

and recommending any changes it considers necessary to the 

a)	  Remuneration committee 

The composition and function of the remuneration committee are 

The audit committee has reviewed the need to establish an internal 

set  out 

in 

the  directors’ 

remuneration 

report  on  pages 

audit 

function.  Given  the 

increasing  size,  complexity  and 

board for approval. 

53 to 60. 

geographical scope of the company’s operations, the company has 

decided  to  proceed  with  the  appointment  of  an  internal  auditor 

tasked  with 

formalising  and  documenting 

internal  control 

procedures and ensuring compliance. The newly appointed internal 

auditor took up her role on 2nd January 2007. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
48 

Corporate governance report 

The committee’s  policy  on the provision  of non­audit services  by 

the  external  auditors  is  that,  whilst  it  is  appropriate  and  cost­

Board effectiveness 
The  Code  recommends  that  the  board  undertakes  a  formal  and 

effective for the external auditors to provide tax compliance and tax 

rigorous  annual  evaluation  of  its  own  performance.  A  formal 

planning  services  to  the  group,  other  services  should  only  be 

evaluation,  facilitated  by  an  external  assessor,  Dr  Tracy  Long  of 

provided where alternative providers do not exist or where it is cost­

Boardroom Review, was undertaken  during 2005 and 2006. This 

effective or in the group’s interest for the external auditors to provide 

review  comprised 

feedback 

from  questionnaires, 

individual 

such  services.  In  all  cases  the  provision  of  non­audit  services  is 

interviews and board observation, resulting in a board discussion 

carefully  monitored  by,  and  subject  to  the  prior  approval  of,  the 

paper and action plan. The principal findings of the review were that 

committee. The external auditors would not be invited to provide 

“the board  functions well as a team, with high levels of  trust and 

any non­audit services where it was felt that this could conflict with 

respect amongst new and existing members, and an ability to deal 

their independence or objectivity. Such services would include the 

capably with change. Financial documentation and controls have 

provision of internal audit and management consulting services. 

been upgraded, and recent improvements have been made in the 

area  of  board  and  committee  independence  and  composition, 

As part of the regular review of its providers of professional services, 

board  agendas,  shareholder  communication  and  corporate 

the  board  has  decided  to  put  the  audit  out  to  a  tender  process 

governance.”  Three  areas  for 

improvement  were 

identified: 

involving a number of firms, including Ernst & Young, the current 

maximising  board  contribution;  succession  planning;  and  risk 

auditors. This process will not be completed by the time of the AGM 

analysis. Actions taken to address these areas were: 

in April. Thus Ernst & Young are being put forward at the AGM for 

re­election as auditors. 

Sharpened focus of board agendas and papers; 

Reviewed levels of authority and board involvement in major 

c)	  Nominations committee 

project acquisitions; 

The  nominations  committee  was  reconstituted  in  2006  and  now 

Increased time given to strategy and risk analysis; and 

comprises  the  Chairman  (as  chairman  of  the  committee),  Mary 

Identified structure for succession planning. 

Francis, Ian Menzies­Gow, Paul Rigg and John Salmon. 

The resignation of Richard Froggatt left the board with a potential 

Risk management and internal control 
The  board  recognises  that  it  has  overall  responsibility  for  the 

vacancy, and the growing size of the company meant that the Chief 

identification  and  mitigation  of  risks  and  the  development  and 

Executive  needed  greater  support  from  an  executive  with  board 

maintenance of an appropriate system of internal control. 

level status. The committee felt that if a suitable internal candidate 

was available, an external search was not appropriate, and on that 

During  the  period  under  review  the  directors  have  reviewed  the 

basis a recommendation was made by the nominations committee 

effectiveness of the system of internal control in accordance with 

to the board for the appointment of Steve Burke as Construction 

the Turnbull guidance, through the production of a detailed report 

which  covered:  the  group’s  control  environment;  the  manner  in 

which key business risks are identified; the adequacy of information 

systems  and  control  procedures;  and  the  manner  in  which  any 

required corrective action is to be taken. 

Director. 

Board and committee attendance 
The board met eleven times during the year. The audit committee 

met  three  times,  the  nominations  committee  twice,  and  the 

remuneration  committee  five  times.  All  members  attended  all 

meetings except that Simon Clarke, Mary Francis and John Salmon 

each  did  not  attend  one  board  meeting  on  account  of  holiday 

commitments,  and  Richard  Froggatt  did  not  attend  the  meeting 

after he tendered his resignation. Simon Clarke also did not attend 

an  audit  committee  meeting  which  coincided  with  the  board 

meeting when he was on holiday. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
Corporate governance report 

49 

The  group’s  key  internal controls  are  centred  on  comprehensive 

monthly  reporting  from  all  activities  which  includes  a  detailed 

Management of key risks 
The key risks that have been identified, the management approach 

portfolio  analysis,  development  progress  reviews,  management 

to each, and the assessment of the residual risk, are set out below: 

accounts  and  a  comparison  of  committed  expenditure  against 

available facilities. These matters are reported to the board monthly, 

1.	  Organisational/people factors 

with  reasons  for  any  significant  variances  from  budget.  Detailed 

The risks identified included: 

annual budgets are reviewed by the board and revised forecasts for 

—	  Succession planning and talent management 

the year are prepared on a regular basis. 

—	 

IT 

—	  Disaster planning 

There are clearly defined procedures for the authorisation of capital 

expenditure, purchases and sales of development and investment 

The principal mitigating actions are: 

properties, contracts and commitments and a formal schedule of 

—	  Targeted recruitment procedures 

matters, including major investment and development decisions and 

—	  Competitive remuneration packages 

strategic  matters,  that  are  reserved  for  board  approval.  Formal 

—	  Strong performance­related link to remuneration 

policies  and  procedures  are  in  place  covering  all  elements  of 

—	  Regular  assessment  of  performance  and  identification  of 

employment,  the construction  process, health  and  safety  and  IT. 

training needs 

The  company  is  currently  working  in  conjunction  with  FAST 

—	  Tailored training programme 

(Federation  Against  Software  Theft)  to  achieve  their  Gold 

—	  Regular communication of strategic and tactical objectives 

Accreditation  for  software  licensing  compliance.  The  company 

—	  Properly resourced and structured IT solutions 

already holds Bronze and Silver awards and is looking to achieve the 

—	  Appropriate disaster recovery procedures 

Gold Standard in 2007. 

Internal  control,  by  its  nature,  provides  only  reasonable  and  not 

retention levels. Vacancies are few, and are generally filled promptly, 

absolute  assurance  against  material  misstatement  or  loss.  The 

indicating  the  attractiveness  of  the  company  and  remuneration 

directors continue, however, to strive to ensure that internal control 

packages.  To  support  the  financial  objectives,  we  will  need  to 

Assessment  Employee  turnover  has  been  low,  indicating  good 

and risk management are further embedded into the operations of 

continue to improve the employee base. 

the  business  by  dealing  with  areas  for  improvement  as  they  are 

identified. In the year under review, no material loss was suffered by 

2.	  Economic/property risks 

a failure of internal control. 

The risks identified included: 

—	  Demand for space from occupiers 

Risks and uncertainties 
The key business risks facing the company, their potential impact and 

—	  Rental levels 

—	 

Investment yield 

their mitigation are reviewed regularly. This year the risks were assessed 

—	  Relative sector performance 

against a set of scenarios, and were found to be still appropriate. 

—	  Over exposure to single tenant/scheme 

—	  Site assembly risk 

—	  Occupational risks 

—	 

Investment value risk 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
50 

Corporate governance report 

The principal mitigating actions are: 

4.	  Financial risks 

—	  Regular dialogue with industry experts and commentators 

The risks identified included: 

—	  Use of high quality professional advisers 

—	  Lack of available funds 

—	  The  hopper  and  geographical  spread  gives  flexibility  and 

—	 

Interest rates 

facilitates diversification 

—	  Taxation 

—	  Emphasis  on  value  creation 

through  active  property 

management and development 

The principal mitigating actions are: 

Assessment We have chosen to operate only in one geographical 

—	  Hedging policy to contain interest rate risk 

area, the UK, which is subject to relatively low­risk, low­returns from 

—	  Benchmarking of costs of finance 

a stable and mature, albeit cyclical economy and property market. 

—	  Tax strategy identifying areas of acceptable innovation 

By involvement with all sectors of that economy and that property 

market,  we  are  as  diversified  as  possible,  without  venturing 

Assessment Our conservative approach to financing reduces the 

—	  Small number of high­quality banking relationships 

overseas. 

3.	  Regulatory factors 

The risks identified included: 

—	  Planning 

—	  Tax 

—	  Technology 

—	  Lease structures 

The principal mitigating actions are: 

—	  Being alert to policies being promoted 

opportunity  for  true  innovation  in  this  area.  This  is  offset  by  the 

benefits  of  stability,  reliability  and  borrowing  capacity,  ensuring 

finance is available for all foreseeable projects. 

5.	  Failure to secure schemes 

The risks identified included: 

—	  Competition 

—	  Overheated market 

—	  People 

—	  Reputation 

—	  Use of high quality professional advisers 

The principal mitigating actions are: 

—	 

In­house 

expert 

resources 

in 

planning/residential/ 

—	  Regional offices in touch with their local market 

construction/tax/IT 

—	  Strong performance­related link to remuneration 

—	  Dedicated central resource to support regional teams 

Assessment  Our  daily  exposure  to  all  aspects  of  the  planning 

—	  Streamlined and effective decision­making process 

process, and internal procedures for spreading best practice ensure 

—	  Availability of adequate finance 

we remain abreast of most developments. We have not been very 

—	  Flexible and innovative approach to acquisitions in response 

active in attempting to influence public policy debate, but may need 

to changing market conditions 

to do so as we grow. 

Assessment  The  increasing  focus  on  the  regions  to  deliver 

acquisitions, and the growing reputation and financial capacity of 

the  company, have enabled  us  to deliver  more  than  the target  of 

replacing  120%  of  land  used  over  the  past  five  years.  However, 

current  high  prices,  and  the  ever­growing  target  levels  for 

acquisitions, pose a challenge for future years’ programmes. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance report 

51 

01 
At first sight, a simple business park, but in practice the 
outcome of a long­running public private partnership, 
Widnes Regeneration Limited, which requires a talented 
and well­managed team. 

6.	  Social, ethical and environmental risks 

The risks identified included: 

—	  Health, safety & environment risk 

—	  Climate change 

—	  Business ethics 

—	 

Internal controls 

—	  Customer satisfaction 

7.	  Construction risk 

The risks identified included: 

—	  Build quality 

—	  Remediation/contamination 

—	  Liability issues 

The principal mitigating actions are: 

—	  A strong internal construction management team 

The principal mitigating actions are: 

—	  Projects,  acquisitions  and  disposals  are  reviewed  (and 

—	  Systems of control procedures and delegated authorities 

financially  appraised) 

in  detail  within  clearly  defined 

—	  Regular and detailed operational and financial reporting 

authorisation limits 

—	  Regular dialogue with industry investors and commentators 

—	  Regular management reviews 

—	  Close supervision of transactions and key relationships 

—	  Use and close supervision of high­quality trusted contractors 

—	  Proactive press/media contacts 

and professionals 

—	  Regular top­level meetings with local authorities, RDAs, and 

—	  Contractual liability clearly defined 

other government or quasi­governmental bodies 

Assessment The company has benefited from an excellent reputation. 

environmental/contamination risk, enabling higher returns to be made 

This is underpinned by a simple set of operating commitments. 

for the perceived higher risks undertaken. These risks are laid­off or 

Assessment  The  company  is  willing  to  accept  a  degree  of 

minimised where possible, but cannot be eliminated. In our recent 

experience, the residual risks have been acceptably low. 

01 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
52 

Corporate governance report 

01 Dursley 
A shot showing the transformation of this 92 acre site.
 
The river Cam, buried in a culvert for over 50 years, is reopened
 
and developable land is created from a former gas works and
 
a mound of contaminated foundry sand.
 

Shareholder relations 
The  executive  directors  have  a  programme  of  meetings  with 

Copies  of  all  press  releases,  investor  presentations  and  Annual 

Reports 

are 

posted 

on 

the 

company’s  website 

institutional shareholders and analysts at which the company’s strategy 

(www.stmodwen.co.uk),  together  with  additional  details  of  major 

and most recently reported performance are explained and questions 

projects, key financial information and company background. 

and comments made are relayed to the whole board. Visits are also 

arranged to sites of particular interest or significance to assist investors’ 

To simplify and encourage participation in voting on resolutions at 

understanding of the company’s business. The company’s AGM is 

our  AGM,  the  company  provides  the  opportunity  to  vote 

also used as an opportunity to communicate with private investors. In 

electronically through CREST (for further details, see page 115). 

addition to the usual period for questions which is made available for 

shareholders at the AGM, John Salmon, the chairman of the audit 

committee,  and  Mary  Francis,  the  chairman  of  the  remuneration 

Business standards 
The company does not condone any form of corrupt behaviour in 

committee,  will  be  available  to  answer  appropriate  questions.  Any 

business dealings and has disciplinary procedures in place to deal 

matters of concern regarding the company are discussed by the senior 

with any illegal or inappropriate activities by employees. 

independent  director  with  shareholders  or  appropriate  corporate 

governance bodies and comments are fed back by him to the whole 

board. 

01 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ remuneration report
 

53 

This report has been drawn up in accordance with the Code and with Schedule 7A of the Companies Act 1985, and has been approved 

by both the remuneration committee and the board. Shareholders will be invited to approve this report at the AGM. The remuneration 

committee’s terms of reference are available for inspection on the company’s website. 

The Companies Act requires certain parts of the remuneration report to be audited. The audited sections are highlighted. 

Composition and function of the remuneration committee 
The remuneration committee was chaired by Christopher Roshier until 21st April 2006, when he was succeeded in that role by Mary 

Francis. It comprises all of the non­executive directors of the company. It is proposed that Christopher Roshier will stand down from the 

committee at the AGM. 

The committee considers all aspects of the executive directors’ remuneration and administers the company’s share option schemes. The 

remuneration of the non­executive directors is considered by the board following recommendations by the executive directors. No director 

participates in setting their own remuneration. The committee also reviews and notes annually the remuneration trends across the company 

and any major changes in employee benefits structures. 

Remuneration policy and proposed changes 
The objective of St. Modwen’s remuneration policy is to attract, retain and motivate high calibre senior executives through competitive pay 

arrangements which are also in the best interests of shareholders. These include performance­related elements to align the interests of 

directors and shareholders and to motivate the highest performance. 

Remuneration levels are set by reference to performance against demanding targets, and by reference to pay levels in the external market. 

Overall, the aim is that executive directors’ base salaries should be set at around the median of the range paid by comparable companies, 

and that superior performance should be rewarded through total remuneration in the upper quartile of the range. These benchmarks gear 

rewards to high performance, and seek to ensure that the company can attract and retain executives of suitable calibre in the sector’s 

very competitive labour market. 

Deloitte & Touche LLP (“Deloitte”) has been appointed by the remuneration committee to provide advice on remuneration matters. In 2005–06 

Deloitte undertook a benchmarking exercise in relation to the company, its peers and relevant current market practice and assisted the 

committee in a review of executive directors’ future remuneration arrangements including the structure of long­term incentives. Deloitte 

performed no other services for the company during the year. 

This report sets out the remuneration arrangements in the year ended 30th November 2006. It also summarises the conclusions of the review 

of remuneration arrangements referred to above. Detailed proposals on a new Performance Share Plan, together with proposals for the 

renewal of the 1997 Executive Share Option Scheme, are contained in a separate letter to shareholders enclosed with this Annual Report, 

and will be put to the AGM for shareholders’ approval. 

Service contracts 
All the executive directors have service contracts of no fixed term, with notice periods of twelve months. Non­executive directors have 

notice periods of three months. 

No director has any rights to compensation on loss of office (apart from payment in lieu of notice, where appropriate). The non­executive 

directors do not have service contracts. 

Unless specifically approved by the board, executive directors are not permitted to hold external non­executive directorships. Anthony 

Glossop receives fees which he retains in respect of his service as a non­executive director of Robinson PLC (£16,500). He receives no 

fees in respect of his service as a non­executive director of Northern Racing PLC. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
54 

Directors’ remuneration report 

The dates of the directors’ service contracts are as follows: 

C.C.A. Glossop 

W.A. Oliver 

S.J. Burke 

T.P. Haywood 

1st December 1988 

24th January 2000 

1st January 2006 

14th April 2003 

Base salaries 
The remuneration committee carefully considered the base salary levels appropriate for the year to 30th November 2006, with advice from 

Deloitte, and concluded that a significant adjustment was needed to keep them in line with the market and with salary increases below 

board level. This reflected the company’s rapidly growing size and increasing complexity, the ambitious nature of the company’s financial 

objectives and exceptionally strong recent performance. A benchmarking exercise undertaken by Deloitte in relation to the company, its 

peers and relevant current market practice, confirmed that the 2006 base salaries paid to the executive directors (excluding the Chairman) 

were now within the market competitive range. 

Base salaries for the executive directors other than the Chairman for the year to 30th November 2007 have been agreed as follows: 

W.A. Oliver £385,000 

S.J. Burke £200,000 

T.P. Haywood £225,000 

Since 1st December 2005, the Chairman has been paid a base salary only. He does not receive an annual bonus or options. His salary 

was  last  reviewed  on  1st  December  2004  and  since  then  the  rapid  growth  in  the  company’s  size,  and  its  continued  outstanding 

performance,  have  created  the  same  case  for  a  substantive  increase  in  basic  salary  as  described  above for  the  executive  directors. 

Following consultation with Deloitte, the remuneration committee agreed that the Chairman’s salary should increase from £300,000 p.a. 

to £350,000 p.a. with effect from 1st December 2006. 

References to executive directors in the paragraphs below exclude the Chairman. 

Performance­related remuneration 
The remuneration committee approved all performance­related remuneration in respect of the year to 30th November 2006, and the 

targets for achievement of such remuneration which were set at the beginning of the financial year. 

Bonus scheme 

In 2006 executive directors participated in a performance­linked cash bonus scheme which was payable in two equal instalments, one 

on the publication of the results and the second three years later. As in previous years, the executive directors were eligible to receive a 

total  bonus  of  up  to  140%  of  base  salary  (up  to  80%  allocated  towards  achievement  of  financial  targets  and  up  to  60%  towards 

achievement of personal targets). The second instalment will be paid provided the company’s net assets per share growth over the relevant 

three year period exceeds RPI plus 5% per annum and the director concerned continues to be employed by the company. 

The levels of bonus award were determined by the remuneration committee on the basis of performance against both financial and personal 

targets. The financial targets set by the committee for the year to 30th November 2006 comprised growth in pre­tax profits between 10% 

and 15%, awards being pro­rated between these minimum and maximum points, and growth in net assets per share of 15%. Both targets 

were based on IFRS figures (but in the case of pre­tax profits, the target excluded revaluation surpluses and was adjusted to reflect the 

change in the way the company accounts for the valuation of land held for unspecified future use). The introduction of a sliding scale for the 

pre­tax profits target and of a second financial target based on NAV growth were new elements compared to the previous year. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ remuneration report 

55 

Personal targets were set individually for each executive director, and focused on: a) creation of a development programme for 2007 

designed to generate pre­tax profits, ignoring revaluation surplus, at least 15% higher than in 2006, and b) the acquisition for the hopper 

of at least 120% of property used in 2006. 

The Chairman makes recommendations to the remuneration committee for the levels of bonus payable to executive directors against both 

the financial and personal targets, supported by audited figures in respect of the financial targets. Decisions on the levels of bonus payable 

are taken by the remuneration committee. Annual bonuses do not form part of pensionable pay. 

For the year to 30th November 2006, the initial bonuses paid to directors as a percentage of annual salary were as follows: Bill Oliver 70%; 

Steve Burke 45% (bonus level and award relating to the year before he became an executive director); Tim Haywood 70%. These bonuses 

represented the maximum of 20% for achievement of the profit target (15% in the case of Steve Burke); and the maximum of 20% for 

achievement of the NAV growth target (15% in the case of Steve Burke). The balance represents the bonus paid for the achievement of 

the personal targets set for each executive director. Given the strong growth in profits and net assets in 2006 and the achievement of almost 

all the personal targets set for each executive director, the committee agreed that bonuses at this level were justified. The second instalment 

of these bonuses will be paid on the publication of the results for the financial year to 30th November 2009, provided the performance 

and employment conditions are met. Richard Froggatt, having left the company during the year, received no bonus, and his deferred 

entitlement in respect of previous years was cancelled. 

The amounts potentially payable to directors in future years in respect of the second instalments of the bonuses earned in 2003 to 2006 are as 

follows: 

W.A. Oliver 

S.J. Burke 

T.P. Haywood 

Share Options 

2007 

£’000 

– 

43 

– 

2008 

£’000 

175 

50 

77 

2009 

£’000 

217 

60 

123 

2010 

£’000 

252 

74 

140 

Total 

£’000 

644 

227 

340 

The remuneration committee is responsible for overseeing the company’s Executive Share Option and Savings Related Share Option schemes 

in accordance with rules previously approved by shareholders. In addition to the deferred element of the annual bonus, the main longer term 

incentive for executive directors (as well as other senior employees) has been the award of regular grants of options over the company’s shares. 

Options granted to executive directors in 2006 were equal to 100% of salary. This has been the normal maximum annual award and the 

committee felt that awards at this level were justified by the company’s strong performance. 

For options granted in 2006 under the company’s Executive Share Option Scheme (as in other recent awards) the performance target set was 

5% per annum real growth in net asset value per share over the three year period from the date of grant. This target was selected to incentivise 

executives to aim for the continued long­term growth of the company, whilst delivering the short and medium­term results which are the 

principal focus of the bonus scheme. Performance against these targets is objectively assessed from the audited accounts of the company. 

For options granted in 2005 and earlier years, the performance condition was subject to one retesting whereby if the condition was not 

met in the initial period of 3 years the options could still be exercised if the real growth in the net asset value per share of the company 

was at least 5% per annum over the four year period from the date of grant. Options granted in 2006 and thereafter do not allow retesting 

if the performance condition is not met in the initial 3 year period — if this is the case the options will lapse. All performance conditions 

not yet met will be adjusted for the introduction of International Financial Reporting Standards to the company in 2006. 

Executive directors may also participate in the company’s savings­related share schemes on the same terms as all other employees. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
56 

Directors’ remuneration report 

Audited Information: 
Executive Share Option Schemes 
Date of Grant 

C.C.A. Glossop  W.A. Oliver 

S.J. Burke  T.P. Haywood  Exercise Price 

Exercise Period 

November 1999 

September 2002 

August 2003 

August 2004 

August 2005 

August 2006 

500,000 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

150,000 

112,000 

89,500 

87,250 

75,300 

– 

– 

– 

39,250 

33,750 

34,500 

– 

– 

– 

55,500 

39,500 

41,800 

99p  Nov 2003–Nov 2009 

134p  Sept 2005–Sept 2012 

200p  Aug 2006–Aug 2013 

279p  Aug 2007–Aug 2014 

443p  Aug 2008–Aug 2015 

478p  Aug 2009–Aug 2016 

As at 30th November 2006 

500,000 

514,050 

107,500 

136,800 

Details of Executive Share options exercised by directors during the year are as follows: 

W.A. Oliver 

T.P. Haywood 

R.L. Froggatt 

R.L. Froggatt 

Audited Information: 
Savings Related Schemes 

Market price 

Number of 

Date of 

at date of 

options 

exercise 

exercise 

exercised 

July 2006 

August 2006 

December 2005 

August 2006 

448p 

477p 

482p 

477p 

22,000 

70,000 

22,000 

90,000 

Gain 

£’000 

69 

194 

77 

249 

Balance at 

Balance at 

30th Nov 2005 

Exercised 

Granted  30th Nov 2006 

Exercise Price 

Exercise Period 

C.C.A. Glossop 

W.A. Oliver 

S.J. Burke 

T.P. Haywood 

8,590 

16,304 

13,240 

7,497 

(3,260) 

(16,304) 

– 

– 

742 

3,713 

– 

– 

6,072 

3,713 

13,240 

248.0p/433.5p 

Oct 2009–Mar 2012 

433.5p 

125.0p 

Oct 2011–Mar 2012 

Oct 2007–Mar 2008 

7,497 

182.0p/248.0p 

Oct 2008–Mar 2010 

Details of Savings Related Share options exercised by directors during the year are as follows: 

C.C.A. Glossop 

W.A. Oliver 

Market price 

Number of 

Date of 

at date of 

options 

exercise 

exercise 

exercised 

April 2006 

April 2006 

488p 

488p 

3,260 

16,304 

Gain 

£’000 

13 

63 

The share price as at 30th November 2006 was 569p. The highest price during the year was 613.5p and the lowest price was 424p. 

Following shareholder approval in 1997, the executive share option scheme was also made available to a number of senior employees. 

As the term of the shareholder approval expires in April 2007, proposals to renew this authority are set out in a letter to shareholders issued 

with this Annual Report, and will be the subject of a resolution at the AGM. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ remuneration report 

57 

Review of remuneration arrangements 
During the course of 2006, the committee conducted a comprehensive review of the company’s remuneration arrangements for executive 

directors, with advice from Deloitte. The purpose of the review was to consider whether the current arrangements continued to be the 

most appropriate for the delivery of the company’s strategy. The committee reviewed the structure of incentives, the performance conditions 

and their link to the company’s business strategy, the balance between annual and longer term remuneration, and the market positioning 

of the package as a whole. 

The key conclusions of the review were as follows: 

Base salaries should continue to be positioned at around the median of companies of a similar size and complexity; 

Despite the improvements made in base salaries in 2006, total remuneration for executive board members was currently below that 

of comparable companies at most levels of performance; 

Awards of performance shares rather than share options would now provide a better incentive to performance over the longer term, 

whilst continuing to align reward with the creation of long­term shareholder value and enabling the company to set stretching targets 

aligned with our stated strategy; 

A greater proportion of executive remuneration should be determined by reference to performance measured over the longer term. 

There should be a rebalancing away from the annual bonus and towards the long­term incentive arrangements; 

The arrangements should be as clear and simple as possible. Accordingly, as well as reducing the annual incentive opportunity, the 

deferred element should be removed. The resulting combination of a single annual cash incentive and a longer­term share­based 

element would best meet the company’s objectives for the executive directors. It would also provide a strong foundation for extending 

the scheme to certain other senior executives below board level, as the company wishes to do after the board­level scheme has 

bedded down; and 

The delivery of long­term NAV growth performance was central to the company’s strategy, and should form the focus of the incentive 

performance conditions, with very stretching targets. Although many companies select different financial targets for their annual and 

long­term incentive schemes, the committee concluded after careful reflection that St. Modwen’s business model made NAV growth 

an appropriate (though not the only) target in both schemes. 

Details of the specific changes planned as a result of the review, including proposals for a new Performance Share Plan, are set out in a 

letter issued with this Annual Report and will be the subject of a separate resolution at the AGM. 

Non­executive directors’ fees 
The level of non­executive directors’ fees is recommended to the board by the Chairman and executive directors, having taken advice on 

market practice from Deloitte. For 2006 the level of the basic fee paid was £33,000 per director with additional payments of £7,500 to 

the chairman of the audit committee and the chairman of the remuneration committee and of £5,000 to the senior independent director. 

For  the  year  commencing  1st  December  2006,  non­executive  directors’  fees  have  been  set  at  £35,000  per  director,  with  additional 

payments of £8,000 to the chairman of the audit committee and the chairman of the remuneration committee and of £5,300 to the senior 

independent director. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
58 

Directors’ remuneration report 

Senior management remuneration 
For the year under review, the total remuneration of the members of the property board, who are the senior management of the business 

but not on the main board, was as follows: 

No. of executives 

5 

1 

2 

Audited Information: 
Directors’ remuneration 
The remuneration of the directors for the year ended 30th November 2006 was as follows: 

£’000 

100–200 

200–300 

300–400 

Executive 

S.J. Burke (appointed 30th November 2006) 

R.L. Froggatt (resigned 31st August 2006) 

C.C.A. Glossop 

T.P. Haywood 

W.A. Oliver 

Non­Executive 

S.W. Clarke 

M.E. Francis 

R.I. Menzies­Gow 

D.P. Rigg 

C.E. Roshier 

J.H. Salmon 

J.N. Shaw 

Salary/Fees 

£’000 

– 

180 

300 

200 

360 

33 

37 

33 

33 

42 

37 

– 

Annual 

bonus 

£’000 

– 

– 

– 

140 

252 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Total 

emoluments excluding 

pensions and pension 

contributions 

2006 

£’000 

2005 

£’000 

Benefits 

£’000 

– 

18 

21 

22 

32 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

198 

321 

362 

644 

33 

37 

33 

33 

42 

37 

– 

– 

403 

533 

317 

557 

30 

15 

30 

30 

45 

4 

14 

1,255 

392 

93 

1,740 

1,978 

All benefits for the executive directors (comprising mainly the provision of company car, fuel and health insurance) arise from employment 

with the company, and do not form part of directors’ final pensionable pay. 

The figures above represent emoluments earned during the relevant financial year. Such emoluments are paid in the same financial year 

with the exception of performance related bonuses, which are paid in the year following that in which they are earned. The figures above 

exclude amounts payable  in future years in respect  of the deferred second instalment of bonuses,  as these are subject  to additional 

performance criteria. 

During the year, payments of £3,000 each in respect of consultancy services provided were made to former directors J.D. Leavesley and 

C.H. Lewis, and £10,000 to Sir David Trippier. Benefits totalling £37,874 were provided by the company during the year to the widow of 

Sir Stanley Clarke (comprising mainly the provision of a car and driver). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ remuneration report 

59 

Total non­executive directors’ fees were set at the AGM in 2004 at a maximum of £250,000 (with annual adjustments for RPI). 

Pensions 
The  company  operates  a  pension  scheme  with  both  a  defined  benefits  and  defined  contribution  section,  covering  the  majority  of 

employees, including executive directors. In relation to the defined benefits section, benefits are based on years of credited service and 

final pensionable pay. The maximum pension generally payable under the scheme is two­thirds of final pensionable pay. The defined 

benefits section of the scheme was closed to new members in 1999. 

Membership of the defined contribution section is available to all permanent employees including executive directors joining the company 

after 6th April 1999. Contributions are invested by an independent investment manager. 

Audited Information: 
Pension benefits earned by the directors who are members of the defined benefits scheme: 

C.C.A. Glossop 

S.J. Burke 

Increase/(decrease) in 

Transfer value of increase 

Accumulated 

accrued benefits in excess 

in accrued benefits less 

accrued benefits 

of RPI during the year 

members’  contributions 

£’000 

233 

16 

£’000 

(2) 

2 

£’000 

(37) 

15 

The transfer value of each director’s accrued benefits at the end of the financial year was: 

C.C.A. Glossop 

S.J. Burke 

30th November 2006 

30th November 2005 

members’  contributions 

£’000 

4,008 

174 

£’000 

3,989 

141 

£’000 

19 

25 

Movement less 

C.C.A. Glossop, who had been a deferred pensioner since his normal retirement age of 60, elected to draw his pension from 1st April 2006. The 

accrued pension disclosed above represents the annual pension currently in payment (of which £155,343 has been paid in the year). 

Notes relating to the defined benefits scheme: 

1.  Contributions of up to 7.5% are payable by members, effective 1st December 2004. Scheme members within five years of normal 

retirement age on 1st December 2004 pay no contributions. 

2.  Accrued pension is that which would be paid annually at retirement age based on service to 30th November 2006. 

3.  Members  have  the  option  to  pay  Additional  Voluntary  Contributions;  neither  the  contributions  nor  the  resulting  benefits  are 

included above. 

4.  Normal retirement age is 65, effective 1st December 2004 (age 60 for Scheme members within five years of normal retirement age on 

1st December 2004). 

5.  Death in service benefits amount to a lump sum equal to the greater of four times basic salary at death and four times the average of 

gross earnings in the last three years. In addition, a spouse’s pension would be payable, equivalent to 50% of the full pension the 

member would have been entitled to had he worked to normal retirement age. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
60 

Directors’ remuneration report 

6.  A spouse’s pension of 50% of the full pension is payable after the death in retirement of a member. 

7.  Pension payments increase annually by the lower of the RPI increase and 5%. 

8.  Pensionable salary increases are capped at RPI plus 3% per annum cumulatively (effective 1st December 2004). Scheme members 

within five years of  normal retirement age on 1st December 2004 received uncapped increases  (subject to Inland Revenue limits, 

which will continue under the transitional provisions of the recent legislation). 

Contributions made on behalf of the remaining directors who are members of the defined contribution section of the Pension Scheme 

amounted to: 

T.P. Haywood 

W.A. Oliver 

2006 

£’000 

30 

54 

2005 

£’000 

26 

46 

Further information on the company’s pension scheme is shown in note 19. 

Unaudited Information: 
The company’s total shareholder return is shown in the graph against a broad equity market index. Since the company is a constituent of 

the FTSE 250 and FTSE 350 Real Estate indices, these are considered to be appropriate benchmarks for the graph. 

Total shareholder return 2001-2006 

St. Modwen Properties 
FTSE 350 Real Estate 
FTSE 250 

700 

600 

500 

400 

300 

200 

100 

2001 

2002 

2003 

2004 

2005 

2006 

Approved by the board and signed on its behalf by 

Mary Francis 

Chairman, remuneration committee 

12th February 2007 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ responsibilities 
in relation to financial statements 

61 

The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the group financial statements in accordance with applicable United 

Kingdom law and those International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union. 

The directors are required to prepare group financial statements for each financial year which present fairly the financial position of the group 

and the financial performance and cash flows of the group for that period. In preparing those group financial statements the directors are 

required to: 

select suitable accounting policies in accordance with IAS 8: Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors and 

then apply them consistently; 

present  information, including accounting policies,  in  a  manner  that  provides  relevant, reliable, comparable  and  understandable 

information; 

provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IFRSs is insufficient to enable users to understand 

the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the group’s financial position and financial performance; and 

state that the group has complied with IFRSs, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements. 

The directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records which disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial 

position of the group and enable them to ensure that the group financial statements comply with the Companies Act 1985 and Article 4 

of the IAS Regulation. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the 

prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
62 

Independent auditor’s report to the members 
of St. Modwen Properties PLC 

We have audited the group financial statements of St. Modwen Properties PLC for the year ended 30th November 2006 which comprise 

the Group income statement, the Group balance sheet, the Group cash flow statement, the Group statement of recognised income and 

expense, the accounting policies and the related notes 1 to 23. These group financial statements have been prepared under the accounting 

policies set out therein. 

We have reported separately on the parent company financial statements of St. Modwen Properties PLC for the year ended 30th November 

2006 and on the information in the Directors’ remuneration report that is described as having been audited. 

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Section 235 of the Companies Act 1985. Our audit 

work  has  been undertaken so that  we might  state to the company’s members those matters  we are required  to state to them in  an 

auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other 

than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. 

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors 
The directors’ responsibilities for preparing the Annual Report and the group financial statements in accordance with applicable United 

Kingdom law and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union are set out in the statement of 

Directors’ responsibilities in relation to financial statements. 

Our responsibility is to audit the group financial statements in accordance with relevant legal and regulatory requirements and International 

Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). 

We report  to you  our  opinion  as  to  whether  the group  financial statements  give  a  true  and  fair  view and  whether  the  group  financial 

statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. We also report 

to you whether in our opinion the information given in the Directors’ report is consistent with the financial statements. 

In addition, we report to you if, in our opinion, we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit, or if 

information specified by law regarding directors’ remuneration and other transactions is not disclosed. 

We review whether the Corporate governance report reflects the company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the 2003 Combined 

Code specified for our review by the Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority, and we report if it does not. We are not required to 

consider whether the board’s statements on internal control cover all risks and controls, or form an opinion on the effectiveness of the 

group’s corporate governance procedures or its risk and control procedures. 

We read other information contained in the Annual Report and consider whether it is consistent with the audited group financial statements. 

The other information comprises only the Directors’ report, the Directors’ remuneration report, the Chairman’s statement, the Business 

review  and  the  Corporate  governance  report.  We  consider  the  implications  for  our  report  if  we  become  aware  of  any  apparent 

misstatements or material inconsistencies with the group financial statements. Our responsibilities do not extend to any other information. 

Basis of audit opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) issued by the Auditing Practices Board. 

An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the group financial statements. It 

also includes an assessment of the significant estimates and judgements made by the directors in the preparation of the group financial 

statements, and of whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the group’s circumstances, consistently applied and adequately 

disclosed. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
63 

We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and explanations which we considered necessary in order to provide 

us with sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the group financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether 

caused by fraud or other irregularity or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated the overall adequacy of the presentation of information 

in the group financial statements. 

Opinion 
In our opinion: 

the group financial statements give a true and fair view, in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, of the state 

of the group’s affairs as at 30th November 2006 and of its profit for the year then ended; 

the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985 and the Article 4 of the 

IAS Regulation; and 

the information given in the Directors’ report is consistent with the group financial statements. 

Ernst & Young LLP 

Registered auditor 

Birmingham 

12th February 2007 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
64 

Group income statement 

For the year ended 30th November 2006 

Revenue 

Net rental income 

Development profit 

Gains on investment property disposals 

Investment property revaluation gains 

Other net income 

Joint ventures and associates (post­tax) 

Administrative expenses 

Profit before interest and tax 

Finance cost 

Finance income 

Profit before tax 

Taxation 

Profit for the year 

Attributable to: 

Equity shareholders of the company 

Minority interests 

Basic and diluted earnings per share 

Proposed final dividend per share 

Interim dividend paid 

Total dividend 

Group statement of recognised 
income and expense 

For the year ended 30th November 2006 

Profit for the year 

Pension fund: 

— actuarial gains and losses 

— deferred tax thereon 

Total recognised income and expense 

Attributable to: 

Equity shareholders of the company 

Minority interests 

Notes 

1 

1 

1 

7 

1 

9 

2 

3 

3 

4 

17 

18 

Notes 

5 

6 

6 

Notes 

19 

19 

18 

18 

2006 

£m 

128.1 

24.3 

14.6 

27.2 

49.0 

2.4 

11.0 

(15.6) 

112.9 

(20.0) 

4.0 

96.9 

(21.0) 

75.9 

74.4 

1.5 

75.9 

2006 

pence 

61.6 

6.8 

3.4 

10.2 

2006 

£m 

75.9 

2.5 

(0.7) 

77.7 

76.2 

1.5 

77.7 

2005 

£m 

98.4 

29.5 

14.1 

22.4 

26.9 

0.6 

19.6 

(16.8) 

96.3 

(15.6) 

2.2 

82.9 

(15.5) 

67.4 

66.7 

0.7 

67.4 

2005 

pence 

55.4 

5.9 

2.9 

8.8 

2005 

£m 

67.4 

(0.8) 

0.3 

66.9 

66.2 

0.7 

66.9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group balance sheet
 

As at 30th November 2006
 

Non­current assets 

Investment property 

Operating property, plant and equipment 

Investments in joint ventures, associates and other investments 

Trade and other receivables 

Current assets 

Stocks and work in progress 

Trade and other receivables 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Current liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Borrowings 

Tax payables 

Non­current liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Borrowings 

Deferred tax 

Net assets 

Capital and reserves 

Share capital 

Share premium account 

Capital redemption reserve 

Retained earnings 

Own shares 

Shareholders’ equity 

Minority interests 

Total equity 

65 

Notes 

2006 

£m 

2005
 

£m
 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

10 

12 

13 

4 

12 

13 

4 

16 

17 

17 

17 

17 

18 

736.4 

481.2 

3.8 

77.9 

4.0 

4.0 

68.5 

0.1 

822.1 

553.8 

65.9 

58.4 

7.0 

131.3 

(109.3) 

(49.2) 

(3.7) 

(162.2) 

(143.7) 

(210.7) 

(47.0) 

(401.4) 

389.8 

12.1 

9.1 

0.3 

364.3 

(0.8) 

385.0 

4.8 

389.8 

36.1 

20.7 

0.7 

57.5 

(36.0) 

(2.9) 

(1.7) 

(40.6) 

(5.8) 

(205.6) 

(35.3) 

(246.7) 

324.0 

12.1 

9.1 

0.3 

299.3 

(0.4) 

320.4 

3.6 

324.0 

These financial statements were approved by the board of directors on 12th February 2007 and were signed on its behalf by 

Anthony Glossop 

Chairman 

Tim Haywood 

Finance Director 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
66 

Group cash flow statement 

For the year ended 30th November 2006 

Operating activities 

Profit before interest and tax 

Gains on investment property disposals 

Share of profit of joint ventures and associates (post­tax) 

Investment property revaluation gains 

Depreciation 

Changes in stocks and work in progress 

Changes in trade and other receivables 

Changes in trade and other payables 

Share options and share awards 

Pension funding 

Tax paid 

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities 

Investing activities 

Investment property disposals 

Investment property additions 

Property, plant and equipment additions 

Interest received 

Dividends received 

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities 

Financing activities 

Dividends paid 

Dividends paid to minorities 

Interest paid 

Purchase of own shares 

New borrowings drawn 

Repayment of borrowings 

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities 

Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at start of year 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Cash 

Bank overdrafts 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Notes 

9 

7 

8 

4(c) 

6 

18 

13 

2006 

£m 

112.9 

(27.2) 

(11.0) 

(49.0) 

0.9 

(24.8) 

1.4 

(6.1) 

0.3 

(0.7) 

(7.5) 

(10.8) 

87.5 

(95.5) 

(0.7) 

0.1 

1.6 

(7.0) 

(11.2) 

(0.3) 

(14.6) 

(1.2) 

73.1 

(19.2) 

26.6 

8.8 

(1.8) 

7.0 

7.0 

– 

7.0 

2005
 

£m
 

96.3 

(22.4) 

(19.6) 

(26.9) 

0.5 

21.6 

(8.2) 

5.1 

0.5 

(0.1) 

(16.9) 

29.9 

73.1 

(60.3) 

(1.4) 

0.4 

1.6 

13.4 

(9.7) 

(0.2) 

(13.9) 

– 

10.8 

(35.7) 

(48.7) 

(5.4) 

3.6 

(1.8) 

0.7 

(2.5) 

(1.8) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounting policies
 

For the year ended 30th November 2006
 

67 

Basis of preparation 
The group’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU as 

they apply to the group for the year ended 30th November 2006 applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 1985. The 

group accounts of prior periods have been restated using IFRS so that proper comparison can be made with the results for the current year. 

The group’s IFRS accounting policies are set out below. Reconciliations of the results for the year to 30th November 2005 from UK GAAP 

to IFRS are set out in note 23. 

Basis of consolidation 
The group financial statements consolidate the financial statements of St. Modwen Properties PLC and the entities it controls. Control comprises 

the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the investee and is achieved through direct or indirect ownership of voting rights or 

by contractual agreement. A list of the principal entities is given in note (f) to the company’s financial statements on page 103. 

All entities are consolidated from the date on which the group obtains control, and continue to be consolidated until the date that such 

control ceases. 

Minority interests represent the portion of profit or loss and net assets in entities that is not held by the group and is presented separately 

within equity in the group balance sheet. 

Interests in joint ventures 
The group recognises its interest in joint ventures using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method, the interest in the joint 

venture is  carried in  the balance sheet  at  cost  plus post­acquisition  changes  in  the  group’s  share of  its  net  assets, less distributions 

received and less any impairment in value of individual investments. The income statement reflects the group’s share of the jointly controlled 

entities’ results after tax. 

Financial statements of jointly controlled entities are prepared for the same reporting period as the group. Where necessary, adjustments 

are made to bring the accounting policies used into line with those of the group. 

The group statement of recognised income and expense reflects the group’s share of any income and expense recognised by the jointly 

controlled entities outside the income statement. 

Interests in associates 
The group’s interests in its associates, being those entities over which it has significant influence and which are neither subsidiaries nor 

joint ventures, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting, as described above. 

Other investments 
Other investments comprising entities over which the group does not have a significant influence are held at fair value. 

Properties 
Investment properties 

Investment properties, being freehold and leasehold properties held for capital appreciation and/or to earn rental income, are carried at fair 

value  following  initial  recognition  at  the  present  value  of  the  consideration  payable.  To  establish  fair  value,  investment  properties  are 

independently valued twice yearly on an open market basis. Any surplus or deficit arising is recognised in the income statement for the period. 

Once classified as an investment property, a property remains in this category until development with a view to sale is authorised, at which 

point the asset is transferred to stock at its current valuation. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
68 

Accounting policies
 

continued 

Where an investment property is being redeveloped for continued use as an investment property, the property remains within investment 

property and any movement in valuation is recognised in the income statement. 

Properties held for sale 

Investment properties that are anticipated to be sold within twelve months of the balance sheet date continue to be valued as investment 

properties, but are classified as properties held for sale. 

Stocks and work in progress 

Stocks and work in progress principally comprise properties held for sale, properties under construction and land under option. 

Pre­sold properties under construction are accounted for at cost plus attributable profit less payments received on account. Attributable 

profit is ascertained based on the estimated outcome of the development and the amount of the work undertaken to date. 

All land held under option agreements is intended for use by the group in the normal course of its activities and is recorded at the lower 

of cost and net realisable value. 

Transfers from investment property are made at value not cost and are then carried as current assets at the lower of this value and net realisable 

value. Net realisable value is based on estimated selling price less any further costs expected to be incurred to completion and disposal. 

Properties acquired from third parties exclusively with a view to sale and properties under construction which have not been pre­sold are 

carried at the lower of cost and net realisable value within stocks and work in progress. 

Interest 
Interest incurred is not capitalised, but written off to the income statement on an accruals basis. 

Operating property, plant and equipment 
Operating property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Such cost 

includes costs directly attributable to making the asset capable of operating as intended. 

Depreciation is provided on all operating property, plant and equipment at rates calculated to write off the cost less estimated residual value, 

based on prices prevailing at the balance sheet date, of each asset evenly over its expected useful life as follows: 

Leasehold operating properties 

— over the shorter of the lease term and 25 years 

Plant, machinery and equipment 

— over 2 to 5 years 

Freehold properties, which comprise land, are not depreciated. 

Leases 
Non­property assets held under finance leases are capitalised at the inception of the lease with a corresponding liability being recognised for the 

fair value of the leased asset or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are apportioned between the reduction 

of the lease liability and finance charges in the income statement so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. 

Non­property assets held under finance leases are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset and the lease term. 

Leasehold investment properties are accounted for as finance leases with the present value of guaranteed minimum ground rents included 

within the carrying value of the property and within long­term liabilities. On payment of a guaranteed ground rent, virtually all of the cost 

is charged to the income statement, as interest payable, and the balance reduces the liability. 

Rentals payable under operating leases are charged in the income statement on a straight­line basis over the lease term. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
69 

Lease incentives 
Lease incentives, including rent­free periods and payments to tenants, are allocated to the income statement on a straight­line basis over 

the lease term. 

Trade and other receivables 
Trade and other receivables are recognised and carried at the lower of their original invoiced value and recoverable amount. Provision is 

made when there is evidence that the group will not be able to recover balances in full. Balances are written off when the probability of 

recovery is assessed as being remote. 

Trade and other payables 
Trade and other payables on deferred payment terms are initially recorded by discounting the nominal amount payable to net present value. 

The discount to nominal value is amortised over the period of the deferred arrangement and charged to finance costs. 

Interest bearing loans and borrowings 
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at fair value less directly attributable transaction costs. After initial recognition, loans and 

borrowings are measured at amortised cost. 

Gains and losses arising on the repurchase, settlement or otherwise cancellation of liabilities are recognised respectively in finance income 

and finance expense. 

Income taxes 
Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from, or paid to, the taxation authorities, based 

on tax rates and laws that are enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. 

Deferred income tax is recognised on all temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying 

amounts in the financial statements using the rates of tax expected to apply based on legislation enacted or substantively enacted at the 

balance sheet date, with the following exceptions: 

—	 

in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, where the timing 

of the reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the 

foreseeable future; and 

—	  deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the 

deductible temporary differences, carried forward tax credits or tax losses can be utilised. 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured on an undiscounted basis at the tax rates that are expected to apply when the 

related asset is realised or liability is settled, based on tax rates and laws enacted at the balance sheet date. 

Income tax is charged or credited directly to equity if it relates to items that are credited or charged to equity. Otherwise income tax is 

recognised in the income statement. 

Derivative financial instruments and hedging 
The group uses derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps to hedge its risks associated with interest rate fluctuations. 

Such instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date on which a contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured 

at  fair  value.  The  group  has  determined  that  the  derivative  financial  instruments  in  use  do  not  qualify  for  hedge  accounting  and, 

consequently, any gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of derivatives are taken to the income statement. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
70 

Accounting policies
 

continued
 

Pensions 
The group operates a pension scheme, with both defined benefit and defined contribution sections. The defined benefit section is closed 

to new members. 

The cost of providing benefits under the defined benefit section is determined using the projected unit credit method, which attributes 

entitlement to benefits to the current period (to determine current service cost) and to the current and prior periods (to determine the present 

value  of  the  defined  benefit  obligation)  and  is  based  on  actuarial  advice.  Past  service  costs  are  recognised  in  the  income  statement 

immediately if the benefits have vested. 

The interest element of the defined benefit cost represents the change in present value of scheme obligations resulting from the passage 

of time and is determined by applying the discount rate to the opening present value of the benefit obligation, taking into account material 

changes in the obligation during the year. The expected return on plan assets is based on an assessment made at the beginning of the 

year of long­term market returns on scheme assets, adjusted for the effect on the fair value of plan assets of contributions received and 

benefits paid during the year. The difference between the expected return on plan assets and the interest cost is recognised in the income 

statement as other finance income or expense. 

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the statement of recognised income and expense in the year in which they occur. The 

defined benefit pension asset or liability in the balance sheet comprises the present value of the defined benefit obligation, less any past 

service cost not yet recognised and less the fair value of plan assets out of which the obligations are to be settled directly. 

Contributions to defined contribution schemes are recognised in the income statement in the period in which they become payable. 

Own shares 
St. Modwen Properties PLC shares held by the group are classified in shareholders’ equity and are recognised at cost. 

Dividends 
Dividends declared after the balance sheet date are not recognised as liabilities at the balance sheet date. 

Revenue recognition 
Revenue is  recognised  to the extent  that it is  probable that  economic benefits  will flow  to the group  and  the revenue can  be reliably 

measured. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received, excluding discounts, rebates, VAT and other sales taxes 

or duty. The following criteria must also be met before revenue is recognised: 

Sale of property 

Revenue arising from the sale of property is recognised on legal completion of the sale. 

Construction contracts 

Revenue arising from construction contracts is recognised only when the outcome of the contract can be ascertained with reasonable 

certainty. The amount  of  revenue  recognised  is  based  on  the  prudently  estimated  outcome and  the  amount  of  the  work  undertaken 

to date. 

Rental income 

Rental income arising from investment properties is accounted for on a straight­line basis over the lease term. 

Gains on investment property disposals 

Disposals are recognised on completion. Profits and losses arising are recognised through the income statement and the profit on disposal 

is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
71 

Share­based payments 
The group accounts for its share option schemes as cash­settled share­based payments as new shares are not issued to satisfy employee 

share option plans. The cost of cash­settled transactions is measured at fair value using an appropriate option pricing model and amortised 

through the income statement over the vesting period. The liability is remeasured at each period end. Revisions to the fair value of the 

accrued liability after the end of the vesting period are recorded in the income statement of the period in which they occur. 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents comprises cash balances and short­term deposits with banks. 

Use of estimates and judgements 
To  be  able  to  prepare  accounts  according  to  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  management  must  make  estimates  and 

assumptions that affect the asset and liability items and revenue and expense amounts recorded in the financial accounts. These estimates 

are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that management and the board of directors believe are reasonable 

under the circumstances. The results of these considerations form the basis for making judgements about the carrying value of assets 

and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources. 

The  areas  requiring  the  use  of  estimates  and  critical  judgements  that  may  significantly  impact  the  group’s  earnings  and  financial 

position are: 

— 

— 

revenue and cost recognition on developments; 

valuation of investment properties; 

—  estimation of remediation costs for both properties under construction and investment properties; 

—  calculation of deferred tax liabilities; 

—  calculation and assessment of recoverability of deferred tax assets; 

— 

recognition of share­based payments charge; and 

—  calculation of pension liability. 

New standards and interpretations not applied 
The group has considered all new IASB and IFRIC standards and interpretations with an effective date after the date of this financial 

information. The new standards and interpretations expected to have an impact on the group financial statements are: 

IFRS 7 

IAS 1 

IAS 39 

Financial Instruments: Disclosures 

Amendment — Presentation of Financial Statements: Capital Disclosures 

Amendment — Financial guarantee contracts 

Effective date 

1st January 2007 

1st January 2007 

1st January 2006 

Upon adoption of IFRS 7, the group will have to disclose additional information about its financial instruments, their significance and the 

nature and extent of risks that they give rise to. More specifically, the group will need to disclose the fair value of its financial instruments 

and its risk exposure in greater detail. There will be no effect on reported income or net assets. 

The directors do not anticipate that the adoption of the amendment to IAS 1 will have a material impact on the group’s financial statements 

in the period of initial application. 

Under IAS 39 as amended, the group will need to value the financial guarantee contracts that it has issued and recognise them on the 

balance sheet. If this amendment had been effective for the year ended 30th November 2006 there would be no effect on reported income 

or net assets. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
72 

Notes to the accounts
 

1. Revenue and gross profit 

Revenue 

Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Revenue 

Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Rental  Development 

Other 

2006 

£m 

29.4 

(5.1) 

24.3 

£m 

92.9 

(78.3) 

14.6 

£m 

5.8 

(3.4) 

2.4 

Rental  Development 

Other 

2005 

£m 

33.1 

(3.6) 

29.5 

£m 

61.4 

(47.3) 

14.1 

£m 

3.9 

(3.3) 

0.6 

Total 

£m 

128.1 

(86.8) 

41.3 

Total 

£m 

98.4 

(54.2) 

44.2 

The group operates exclusively in the UK and all of its revenues derive from its portfolio of properties which the group manages as one 

business. Therefore, the financial statements and related notes represent the results and financial position of the group’s sole business 

segment. 

2. Other income statement disclosures 
a. Administrative expenses 

Depreciation 

Operating lease costs 

Fees paid to Ernst & Young LLP in respect of: 

– Audit 

– Statutory audit of subsidiary companies and joint ventures 

– Tax services 

– Other services 

2006 

£’000 

875 

55 

181 

104 

95 

36 

2005 

£’000 

554 

38 

136 

65 

71 

14 

The above amounts include all amounts charged by the group auditors in respect of joint venture undertakings. 

b. Employees 

The average number of full­time employees (including directors) employed by the group during the year was as follows: 

Property 

Leisure and other activities 

Administration 

2006 

2005 

(number) 

(number) 

126 

71 

46 

243 

120 

72 

21 

213 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2. Other income statement disclosures continued 
b. Employees continued 

The total payroll costs of these employees were: 

Wages and salaries 

Social security costs 

Pension costs 

Share­based payments 

73 

2006 

£m 

10.3 

1.3 

0.8 

3.1 

15.5 

2005 

£m 

9.1 

1.5 

0.8 

5.0 

16.4 

Details of the directors’ remuneration is given in the directors’ remuneration report on pages 53 to 60. 

c. Share­based payments 

The group has a save as you earn share option scheme open to all employees. Employees must remain in service for a period of five years 

from the date of grant before exercising their options. The option period ends six months following the end of the vesting period. The group 

also has an executive share option scheme, full details of which are given in the directors’ remuneration report on pages 53 to 60. 

The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise price of, and movements in, share options during the year: 

2006 

Weighted 

2005 

Outstanding at start of year 

Granted 

Lapsed 

Exercised 
Outstanding at end of year 
Exercisable at year end 

Number of 

average 

Number of 

options 

price £ 

options 

3,708,371 

615,267 

(261,331) 

(672,177) 
3,390,130 
1,290,972 

2.19 

4.72 

(3.00) 

(1.62) 
2.69 
1.34 

5,096,151 

645,815 

(212,474) 

(1,821,121) 
3,708,371 
1,093,692 

Weighted 

average 

price £ 

1.53 

4.39 

(2.31) 

(1.04) 
2.19 
1.13 

Share options are priced using a Black Scholes valuation model. The fair values calculated and the assumptions used are as follows: 

As at 30th November 2006 

As at 30th November 2005 

* Based on 90 day moving average 

Fair value of 

balance sheet 

Risk­free 

Expected 

Dividend 

liability 

interest rate 

volatility 

£m 

8.2 

7.0 

% 

5.25 

4.20 

% 

20 

28 

yield 

% 

2.2 

2.2 

Share 

price 

£* 

5.38 

4.37 

In arriving at fair value it has been assumed that all share options are exercised on the day of vesting. 

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise was £4.89 (2005: £3.95). The options outstanding at the year end had a range of exercise 

prices between 81.5p and 478.0p (2005: 81.5p and 443.0p) and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 6.2 years (2005: 6.5 years). 

The group recognised total expenses of £3.1m (2005: £5.0m) in relation to share­based payments transactions during the year. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
74 

Notes to the accounts
 

continued 

3. Finance cost and finance income 

Interest payable on borrowings 

Amortisation of discount on deferred payment arrangements 

Amortisation of refinancing expenses 

Head rents treated as finance leases 

Interest on pension scheme liabilities (note 19) 

Total finance cost 

Interest receivable on cash deposits 

Movement in market value of interest rate derivatives (note 15) 

Expected return on pension scheme assets (note 19) 

Total finance income 

4. Taxation 
a. Tax on profit on ordinary activities 

Tax charged in the income statement: 

Corporation tax charge 

Tax on current year profits 

Adjustments in respect of previous years 

Deferred tax 

Origination and reversal of temporary differences 

Impact of current year revaluations 

Adjustments in respect of previous years 

Total tax charge in the income statement 

Tax relating to items charged or credited to equity: 

Deferred tax 

2006 

£m 

(14.3) 

(3.8) 

(0.2) 

(0.2) 

(1.5) 

2005 

£m 

(13.9) 

– 

(0.2) 

(0.2) 

(1.3) 

(20.0) 

(15.6) 

0.4 

2.0 

1.6 

4.0 

0.4 

0.3 

1.5 

2.2 

2006 

£m 

2005 

£m 

11.7 

(1.7) 

10.0 

0.6 

9.6 

0.8 

11.0 

21.0 

10.6 

(0.3) 

10.3 

0.9 

5.2 

(0.9) 

5.2 

15.5 

Actuarial gains and losses on pension schemes (note 19) 

Tax charge/(credit) in the statement of total recognised income and expense 

0.7 

0.7 

(0.3) 

(0.3) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4. Taxation continued 
b. Reconciliation of effective tax rate 

Profit before tax 

Less: joint ventures and associates 

Pre­tax profit attributable to the group 

Corporation tax at 30% 

Disallowed expenses and non­taxable income 

Capital allowances 

Short­term temporary differences 

Investment property revaluation gains 

Indexation allowance 

Other 

Current year charge 

Adjustments in respect of previous years 

Effective rate of tax 

c. Balance sheet 

Balance at start of the year 

Charge to the income statement 

Charge directly to equity 

Payments 

Other 

Balance at end of the year 

75 

Total 

tax 

£m 

82.9 

(19.6) 

63.3 

19.0 

0.3 

(1.0) 

(0.3) 

– 

(2.8) 

1.5 

16.7 

(1.2) 

15.5 

24% 

2006 

2005 

Corporation 

Deferred 

Total  Corporation 

Deferred 

tax 

£m 

96.9 

(11.0) 

85.9 

25.8 

0.4 

(1.7) 

2.7 

(14.7) 

(1.1) 

0.3 

11.7 

(1.7) 

10.0 

tax 

£m 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1.0 

(3.0) 

14.7 

(5.0) 

2.5 

10.2 

0.8 

11.0 

tax 

£m 

96.9 

(11.0) 

85.9 

25.8 

0.4 

(0.7) 

(0.3) 

– 

(6.1) 

2.8 

21.9 

(0.9) 

21.0 

24% 

tax 

£m 

82.9 

(19.6) 

63.3 

19.0 

0.3 

(2.0) 

0.2 

(8.0) 

(0.1) 

1.2 

10.6 

(0.3) 

10.3 

tax 

£m 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1.0 

(0.5) 

8.0 

(2.7) 

0.3 

6.1 

(0.9) 

5.2 

2006 

2005 

Corporation 

Deferred  Corporation 

Deferred 

tax 

£m 

1.7 

10.0 

– 

(7.5) 

(0.5) 

3.7 

Net 

£m 

39.2 

7.3 

1.4 

(0.9) 

47.0 

tax 

£m 

35.3 

11.0 

0.7 

– 

– 

47.0 

Asset 

£m 

– 

– 

– 

(3.0) 

(3.0) 

tax 

£m 

7.4 

10.3 

– 

(16.9) 

0.9 

1.7 

2005 

Liability 

£m 

29.5 

5.5 

1.4 

1.9 

38.3 

tax 

£m 

30.4 

5.2 

(0.3) 

– 

– 

35.3 

Net 

£m 

29.5 

5.5 

1.4 

(1.1) 

35.3 

An analysis of the deferred tax provided by the group is given below: 

Property revaluations 

Capital allowances 

Appropriations to trading stock 

Other temporary differences 

There is no unprovided deferred tax. 

2006 

Asset 

Liability 

£m 

– 

– 

– 

(5.4) 

(5.4) 

£m 

39.2 

7.3 

1.4 

4.5 

52.4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
76 

Notes to the accounts
 

continued
 

4. Taxation continued 
d. Factors that may affect future tax charges 

Based on current capital investment plans, the group expects to continue to be able to claim capital allowances in excess of depreciation 

in future years. 

The benefits of any tax planning are not recognised by the group until the outcome is agreed with HM Revenue & Customs. 

5. Earnings per share 
The group’s share option schemes are accounted for as cash­settled share­based payments as it is the group’s practice not to issue new 

shares in satisfaction of employee options. The potential dilutive effect on earnings per share on the assumption that such shares were 

to be issued is set out below: 

Weighted number of shares in issue* 

Weighted number of dilutive shares† 

Earnings (basic and diluted) 

Basic earnings per share 

Diluted earnings per share 

2006 

2005 

Number of 

Number of 

shares 

shares 

120,628,368  120,397,435 

76,550 

– 

120,704,918  120,397,435 

2006 

£m 

74.4 

2006 

pence 

61.6 

61.6 

2005 

£m 

66.7 

2005 

pence 

55.4 

55.4 

* Shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust are excluded from the above calculations. 

† In calculating diluted earnings per share, earnings have been adjusted for changes which would have resulted from the option being 

classified as equity settled. The number of shares included in the calculation has also been adjusted accordingly. The calculations show 

that the majority of shares under option have no dilutive impact on earnings per share. 

6. Dividends 
Dividends paid during the year comprised the final dividend in respect of 2005, approved at the AGM, and the interim dividend in respect 

of 2006. 

Paid 

Final dividend in respect of previous year 

Interim dividend in respect of current year 

Total 

Proposed 

Current year final dividend 

The Employee Benefit Trust waives its entitlement to dividends. 

2006 

2005 

p per share 

£m 

p per share 

5.9 

3.4 

9.3 

6.8 

7.1 

4.1 

11.2 

8.2 

5.1 

2.9 

8.0 

5.9 

£m 

6.1 

3.6 

9.7 

7.1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
77 

Freehold 

Leasehold 

investment 

investment 

properties 

properties 

£m 

£m 

Total 

£m 

338.6 

115.6 

454.2 

30.0 

34.1 

(3.1) 

(64.4) 

13.7 

0.2 

349.1 

21.7 

51.3 

(5.1) 

(50.6) 

29.1 

– 

5.0 

– 

(1.7) 

13.2 

– 

132.1 

176.9 

21.7 

– 

(9.7) 

19.9 

395.5 

340.9 

30.0 

39.1 

(3.1) 

(66.1) 

26.9 

0.2 

481.2 

198.6 

73.0 

(5.1) 

(60.3) 

49.0 

736.4 

7. Investment property 

Fair value 

At 30th November 2004 

Additions — new properties 

Other additions 

Transfers to work in progress (note 11) 

Disposals 

Surplus on revaluation 

Transfers from operating properties 

At 30th November 2005 

Additions — new properties 

Other additions 

Transfers to work in progress (note 11) 

Disposals 

Surplus on revaluation 

At 30th November 2006 

Investment properties were valued at 30th November 2005 and 2006 by King Sturge & Co, Chartered Surveyors, in accordance with the 

Appraisal and Valuation method of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors, on the basis of open market value. 

Further details of the movements in investment properties are given on pages 17 and 20 of the business review. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
78 

Notes to the accounts
 

continued
 

8. Operating property, plant and equipment 

Cost 

At 30th November 2004 

Additions 

Transfers to investment properties 

Disposals 

At 30th November 2005 

Additions 

At 30th November 2006 

Depreciation 

At 30th November 2004 

Charge for the year 

At 30th November 2005 

Charge for the year 

At 30th November 2006 

Net book value 

At 30th November 2004 

At 30th November 2005 

At 30th November 2006 

Tenure of operating properties 

Freehold 

Leasehold 

Plant, 

machinery 

Operating 

and 

properties 

equipment 

£m 

£m 

2.4 

0.2 

(0.2) 

– 

2.4 

0.2 

2.6 

0.2 

– 

0.2 

0.2 

0.4 

2.2 

2.2 

2.2 

1.9 

1.3 

– 

(0.1) 

3.1 

0.5 

3.6 

0.8 

0.5 

1.3 

0.7 

2.0 

1.1 

1.8 

1.6 

Total 

£m 

4.3 

1.5 

(0.2) 

(0.1) 

5.5 

0.7 

6.2 

1.0 

0.5 

1.5 

0.9 

2.4 

3.3 

4.0 

3.8 

2006 

2005 

£m 

0.3 

1.9 

2.2 

£m 

0.3 

1.9 

2.2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9. Joint ventures, associates and other investments 
The group’s share of the trading results for the year of its joint ventures and associates is: 

Income statements 

Revenue 

Net rental income 

Development profit 

Gains on investment property disposals 

Investment property revaluation gains 

Administrative expenses 

Profit before interest and tax 

Finance cost 

Finance income 

Profit before tax 

Taxation 

Profit for the year 

Group’s share of associate’s profit (27%) 

2006 

2005 

Key Property 

Key Property 

Investments  Other joint 

Investments 

Other joint 

Limited 

ventures 

£m 

10.7 

8.7 

(0.3) 

1.9 

6.1 

(0.1) 

16.3 

(5.5) 

0.7 

11.5 

(2.2) 

9.3 

£m 

3.9 

0.2 

1.2 

– 

0.5 

– 

1.9 

(0.3) 

– 

1.6 

(0.5) 

1.1 

Total 

£m 

Limited 

ventures 

£m 

£m 

11.8 

10.4 

– 

– 

18.0 

(0.1) 

28.3 

(5.9) 

0.1 

22.5 

(6.0) 

16.5 

11.2 

0.3 

2.8 

– 

– 

– 

3.1 

(0.3) 

– 

2.8 

(0.7) 

2.1 

14.6 

8.9 

0.9 

1.9 

6.6 

(0.1) 

18.2 

(5.8) 

0.7 

13.1 

(2.7) 

10.4 

0.6 

11.0 

The group’s share of the balance sheet of its joint ventures and associates, together with the cost of other investments is: 

2006 

2005 

Key Property 

Key Property 

Investments  Other joint 

Investments 

Other joint 

Limited 

ventures 

£m 

£m 

Total 

£m 

Limited 

ventures 

£m 

£m 

Balance sheets 

Non­current assets 

Current assets 

Current liabilities 

Non­current liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity at start of year 

Profit for the year 

Dividends paid 

Equity at end of year 

Group’s share of joint ventures’ net assets 

Group’s share of associate’s net assets 

Investment in Stoke on Trent Community Stadium 

Development Company Limited 

145.4 

21.0 

(5.6) 

(98.5) 

62.3 

54.5 

9.3 

(1.5) 

62.3 

4.5 

7.8 

(0.9) 

(7.4) 

4.0 

2.9 

1.1 

– 

4.0 

4.1 

10.1 

(3.6) 

(7.6) 

3.0 

0.8 

2.1 

– 

2.9 

149.9 

28.8 

(6.5) 

153.5 

3.0 

(1.8) 

(105.9) 

(100.3) 

54.4 

39.5 

16.5 

(1.5) 

54.5 

66.3 

57.4 

10.4 

(1.5) 

66.3 

66.3 

11.0 

0.6 

77.9 

79 

Total 

£m 

23.0 

10.7 

2.8 

– 

18.0 

(0.1) 

31.4 

(6.2) 

0.1 

25.3 

(6.7) 

18.6 

1.0 

19.6 

Total 

£m 

157.6 

13.1 

(5.4) 

(107.9) 

57.4 

40.3 

18.6 

(1.5) 

57.4 

57.4 

10.5 

0.6 

68.5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80 

Notes to the accounts
 

continued 

9. Joint ventures, associates and other investments continued 
Joint venture companies, associates and other investments comprise:
 

Name 

Key Property Investments Limited 

Barton Business Park Limited 

Sowcrest Limited 

Holaw (462) Limited 

Shaw Park Developments Limited 

Northern Racing PLC 

Stoke on Trent Community Stadium 

Development Company Limited 

Status 

Joint venture 

Joint venture 

Joint venture 

Joint venture 

Joint venture 

Associate 

Interest 

Activity
 

50% 

50% 

50% 

50% 

50% 

27% 

Property investment and development 

Property development 

Property development 

Property investment 

Property development 

Racecourse operator 

Other investment 

15% 

Stadium operator 

Many of the joint ventures contain change of control provisions, as is common for such arrangements.
 

The accounts of Northern Racing PLC are drawn up to 31st December each year.
 

Further details of the movements in joint ventures, associates and other investments are given on pages 18 and 20 of the business review.
 

10. Trade and other receivables 

Non­current 

Derivative financial instruments (note 15) 

Pension fund surplus (note 19) 

Current 

Trade receivables 

Prepayments and accrued income 

Contract receivable 

Other debtors 

Amounts due from joint ventures 

Derivative financial instruments (note 15) 

2006 

£m 

1.2 

2.8 

4.0 

2.6 

2.6 

38.7 

6.3 

7.6 

0.6 

58.4 

2005 

£m 

0.1 

– 

0.1 

3.9 

1.7 

– 

9.6 

5.3 

0.2 

20.7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11. Stocks and work in progress 

Properties held for sale 

Properties under construction 

Land under option 

The movement in stocks and work in progress during the two years ended 30th November 2006 is as follows: 

Balance at 30th November 2004 

Additions 

Transfers from investment property (note 7) 

Disposals (transferred to cost of sales) (note 1) 

Balance at 30th November 2005 

Additions 

Transfers from investment property (note 7) 

Disposals (transferred to cost of sales) (note 1) 

Balance at 30th November 2006 

12. Trade and other payables 

Current 

Trade payables 

Amounts due to joint ventures 

Other payables and accrued expenses 

Other payables on deferred terms 

Derivative financial instruments (note 15) 

Non­current 

Other payables and accrued expenses 

Other payables on deferred terms 

Pension scheme deficit (note 19) 

Derivative financial instruments (note 15) 

Finance lease liabilities (head rents) (note 14) 

81 

2005 

£m 

22.7 

6.8 

6.6 

36.1 

£m 

48.1 

32.2 

3.1 

(47.3) 

36.1 

103.0 

5.1 

(78.3) 

65.9 

2005 

£m 

5.2 

0.4 

30.0 

– 

0.4 

36.0 

2.0 

– 

0.5 

0.4 

2.9 

5.8 

2006 

£m 

37.9 

10.8 

17.2 

65.9 

2006 

£m 

4.9 

0.1 

43.8 

60.2 

0.3 

109.3 

1.9 

138.9 

– 

– 

2.9 

143.7 

The payment terms of the other payables on deferred terms, all of which relate to VSM Estates (Holdings) Limited, are subject to contractual 

commitments which are expected to allow for realisation of the related assets and settlement of the liability on a basis which is at least 

cash neutral over a minimum period of ten years. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82 

Notes to the accounts
 

continued 

13. Borrowings 

Current 

Bank overdrafts 

Bank loans 

Floating rate unsecured loan notes 

Non­current 

Bank loans repayable between one and two years 

Bank loans repayable between two and five years 

Bank loans repayable after more than five years 

2006 

£m 

– 

48.8 

0.4 

49.2 

– 

129.4 

81.3 

210.7 

2005 

£m 

2.5 

– 

0.4 

2.9 

52.2 

63.5 

89.9 

205.6 

All bank borrowings are secured by fixed charges over the group’s property assets. 

The bank loan disclosed in current liabilities is a five year revolving credit facility due for renewal in June 2007. Following discussions with 

the bank, it is anticipated that this facility will be renewed on similar or more favourable terms. 

There are no unusual or onerous bank covenants. 

Maturity profile of committed bank facilities 

Floating rate borr

owings 

Interest r

ate swaps 

2006 

Drawn 

Undrawn 

£m 

48.8 

– 

– 

47.0 

82.4 

81.3 

£m 

16.2 

– 

– 

80.3 

22.6 

79.2 

259.5 

198.3 

Total 

£m 

65.0 

– 

– 

127.3 

105.0 

160.5 

457.8 

Earliest termination 

Latest 

term

ination 

%* 

– 

4.82 

4.71 

– 

4.47 

– 

4.72 

£m 

– 

30.0 

– 

30.0 

80.0 

20.0 

160.0 

%* 

– 

5.17 

– 

4.47 

4.71 

4.47 

4.72 

£m 

– 

60.0 

80.0 

– 

20.0 

– 

160.0 

2005 

Floating rate borrowings 

Interest rate swaps 

Drawn 

Undrawn 

£m 

2.5 

52.2 

3.3 

24.7 

35.5 

89.9 

£m 

2.5 

11.2 

– 

18.6 

67.8 

– 

208.1 

100.1 

Total 

£m 

5.0 

63.4 

3.3 

43.3 

103.3 

89.9 

308.2 

Earliest termination 

Latest termination 

£m 

60.0 

10.0 

50.0 

– 

– 

– 

%* 

5.01 

7.31 

4.32 

– 

– 

– 

£m 

60.0 

10.0 

20.0 

– 

30.0 

– 

120.0 

4.92 

120.0 

%* 

5.01 

7.31 

4.09 

– 

4.47 

– 

4.92 

Less than one year 

One to two years 

Two to three years 

Three to four years 

Four to five years 

More than five years 

Total 

Less than one year 

One to two years 

Two to three years 

Three to four years 

Four to five years 

More than five years 

Total 

* Weighted average interest rate 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
83 

13. Borrowings continued 
Most of the interest rate swaps are extendable at the bank’s option; therefore, the tables above show the dates of normal termination and extended 

termination. 

£79m (2005: £nil) of the undrawn committed bank facilities are in respect of VSM Estates (Holdings) Limited. 

Interest payable on the above loans is at a weighted average of 6% (2005: 5.6%) before taking into account the effects of the hedging. 

At 30th November 2006 the weighted average maturity of the bank debt was 5 years (2005: 5 years). 

Interest rate profile 

The  interest  rate  profile  of  the  group’s  borrowings  after  taking  into  account  the  effects  of  its  interest  rate  derivative  financial 

instruments is: 

Weighted 

average 

fixed 

Weighted 

Total 

£m 

259.5 

208.1 

Floating 

Fixed 

interest  maturity of 

rate debt 

rate debt 

rate 

derivatives 

£m 

99.5 

88.1 

£m 

160.0 

120.0 

(%) 

4.72 

4.92 

(years)* 

2.25 

1.30 

At 30th November 2006 

At 30th November 2005 

* based on earliest termination dates. 

14. Leasing 
Operating lease commitments where the group is the lessee 

Future minimum lease rentals payable under non­cancellable operating leases are as follows: 

In one year or less 

Between one and five years 

2006 

Other 

£m 

0.1 

0.1 

0.2 

2005 

Other 

£m 

– 

0.1 

0.1 

Operating leases where the group is the lessor 

The group leases all of its investment properties under operating leases. The future aggregate minimum rentals receivable under non­

cancellable operating leases are as follows: 

In one year or less 

Between one and five years 

In five years or more 

Contingent rents of £0.4m (2005: £0.3m) were recognised during the year. 

2006 

£m 

22.9 

59.9 

114.6 

197.4 

2005 

£m 

26.7 

71.4 

121.0 

219.1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
84 

Notes to the accounts
 

continued
 

14. Leasing continued 
Obligations under finance leases 

Finance lease liabilities are payable as follows: 

Less than one year 

Between one and five years 

More than five years 

Less than one year 

Between one and five years 

More than five years 

2006 

Minimum 

lease 

payments 

Interest 

Principal 

£m 

– 

– 

2.9 

2.9 

£m 

0.2 

0.8 

65.4 

66.4 

2005 

£m 

0.2 

0.8 

68.3 

69.3 

Minimum 

lease 

payments 

Interest 

Principal 

£m 

0.2 

0.8 

68.3 

69.3 

£m 

0.2 

0.8 

65.4 

66.4 

£m 

– 

– 

2.9 

2.9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
85 

15. Derivatives and other financial instruments 
The group manages its interest rate risk through interest rate swaps with the objective of fixing two­thirds of its floating rate debt. Typically, 

interest rate swaps have a maturity of 3 to 5 years at inception and the majority are in the form of knock­out options. The group’s finance 

strategy is discussed in more detail in the business review. 

The counter­parties to all derivative financial instruments are UK and European banks, most of whom also lend to the group. Credit risk 

exposure is therefore felt to be minimal. 

Non­current assets 

Current assets 

Current liabilities 

Non­current liabilities 

Net value 

Amount credited to the income statement 

Balance 

at 30th 

Balance 

at 30th 

Balance 

at 30th 

November 

Mark to 

November 

Mark to  November 

2004 

market 

2005 

market 

2006 

£m 

0.6 

– 

(0.2) 

(1.2) 

(0.8) 

£m 

(0.5) 

0.2 

(0.2) 

0.8 

0.3 

£m 

0.1 

0.2 

(0.4) 

(0.4) 

(0.5) 

£m 

1.1 

0.4 

0.1 

0.4 

2.0 

£m 

1.2 

0.6 

(0.3) 

– 

1.5 

All other financial assets and liabilities are non­interest bearing with a fair value equivalent to their cost with the following exceptions: 

– cash, which earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates; and 

– finance leases, which have a fair value of £2.9m (2005: £2.9m).
 

Further details of the group’s risk policies and financial instruments are provided in the business review on page 19.
 

16. Share capital 

Authorised: 

Equity share capital 

2006 

£m 

2005 

£m 

150,000,000 

Ordinary 10p shares 

15.0 

15.0 

Allotted and fully paid: 

Equity share capital 

120,773,954 

Ordinary 10p shares 

12.1 

12.1 

See note 2c for details of outstanding options to acquire ordinary shares. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
86 

Notes to the accounts
 

continued 

17. Reserves 

At 30th November 2004 

Profit for the year attributable to shareholders 

Pension fund actuarial gains and losses (note 19) 

Net share disposals 

Dividends paid (note 6) 

At 30th November 2005 

Profit for the year attributable to shareholders 

Pension fund actuarial gains and losses (note 19) 

Net share acquisitions 

Dividends paid (note 6) 

At 30th November 2006 

Share 

Capital 

premium 

redemption 

Retained 

account 

reserve 

earnings 

Own 

shares 

£m 

9.1 

– 

– 

– 

– 

£m 

0.3 

– 

– 

– 

– 

£m 

242.8 

66.7 

(0.5) 

– 

(9.7) 

9.1 

0.3 

299.3 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

9.1 

0.3 

74.4 

1.8 

– 

(11.2) 

364.3 

£m 

(1.9) 

– 

– 

1.5 

– 

(0.4) 

– 

– 

(0.4) 

– 

(0.8) 

‘Own shares’ represents the cost of 167,306 (2005: 149,114) shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust. The open market value of the 

shares held at 30th November 2006 was £951,971 (2005: £678,469). 

18. Reconciliation of movement in equity 

Total recognised income and expense 

Dividends paid 

Net (purchase)/disposal of own shares 

Equity at start of year 

Equity at end of year 

2006 

Equity 

Minority 

Equity 

shareholders 

interests 

Total  sh

areholders 

£m 

76.2 

(11.2) 

(0.4) 

320.4 

385.0 

£m 

1.5 

(0.3) 

– 

3.6 

4.8 

£m 

77.7 

(11.5) 

(0.4) 

324.0 

389.8 

£m 

66.2 

(9.7) 

1.5 

262.4 

320.4 

2005 

Minority 

interests 

£m 

0.7 

(0.2) 

– 

3.1 

3.6 

Total 

£m 

66.9 

(9.9) 

1.5 

265.5 

324.0 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
87 

19. Pensions 
The group operates a pension scheme with both defined benefit and defined contribution sections. The defined benefit section is closed 

to new members. The income statement charge was £0.5m (2005: £0.6m) for the defined benefit section and £0.3m (2005: £0.2m) for 

the defined contribution section. 

The last formal actuarial valuation of the scheme was at  5th April 2005, when the market value of the net assets of the scheme was 

£26,025,000. The valuation was performed using the projected unit method. The main actuarial assumptions were: 

Investment rate of return: 

pre­retirement 

post­retirement 

Increase in earnings* 

Increase in pensions 

* Capped to 4.9% for certain members. 

The valuation showed a funding level of 95%. 

6.3% p.a. 

4.8% p.a. 

5.9% p.a. 

2.9% p.a. 

The actuarial valuation of the defined benefit section was updated to 30th November 2006 on an IAS basis by a qualified independent 

actuary. The major assumptions used by the actuary were: 

Rate of increase in salaries 

Rate of increase in deferred pensions 

Rate of increase in pensions in payment 

Pre­6 April 1997 benefits 

Post­5 April 1997 benefits 

Discount rate 

Inflation assumption 

2006 

5.1% 

3.1% 

3.0% 

3.1% 

5.0% 

3.1% 

2005 

4.8% 

2.8% 

2.8% 

2.8% 

4.9% 

2.8% 

2004 

4.8% 

2.8% 

2.8% 

2.8% 

5.3% 

2.8% 

The mortality rates adopted are from the PA92 year of birth and medium cohort tables (which assume that, for example, male members 

who are currently retired are expected to draw their pensions for 24.9 years and non­retired members for 27.1 years, based on the normal 

retirement age of 65). 

The group expects to make contributions of £0.8m to the defined benefit section of the pension scheme in 2007. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88 

Notes to the accounts
 

continued 

19. Pensions continued 
The fair values of assets in the defined benefit section of the scheme and the expected rates of return were: 

Equities 

Bonds 

Property 

Cash and other assets 

Actuarial value of liabilities 

Surplus/(deficit) in the scheme (note 10 and note 12) 

Related deferred tax asset/(liability) 

Fair value of pension asset/(liability) net of deferred tax 

2006 

2005 

2004 

% 

5.8 

4.9 

5.8 

4.3 

£m 

18.0 

0.3 

9.8 

5.8 

33.9 

(31.1) 

2.8 

(0.8) 

2.0 

%

5.7 

4.7 

5.7 

4.2 

£m 

16.7 

0.3 

8.4 

3.9 

29.3 

(29.8) 

(0.5) 

0.2 

(0.3) 

%

6.1 

5.1 

6.1 

4.6 

£m 

13.4 

– 

7.8 

2.8 

24.0 

(24.0) 

– 

– 

– 

The  cumulative  amount  of  actuarial  gains  and  losses  recorded  in  the  group  statement  of  recognised  income  and  expense  is  £2.3m 

(2005: £0.2m cumulative loss). 

Analysis of the amount charged to operating profit 

Current service cost 

Employee contributions 

Total operating charge 

Analysis of the amount (charged)/credited to finance costs and income 

Expected return on pension scheme assets 

Interest on pension scheme liabilities 

2006 

2005 

2004 

£m 

(0.5) 

0.1 

(0.4) 

£m 

(0.6) 

0.1 

(0.5) 

£m 

(0.7) 

– 

(0.7) 

2006 

2005 

2004 

£m 

1.6 

(1.5) 

0.1 

£m 

1.5 

(1.3) 

0.2 

£m 

1.3 

(1.2) 

0.1 

Analysis of the amount recognised in the group statement of recognised income and expense 

Difference between expected and actual return on assets 

Experience gains and losses arising on fair value of scheme liabilities 

Effects of changes in the demographic and financial assumptions 

underlying the fair value of the scheme liabilities 

Total actuarial gain/(loss) 

2006 

2005 

2004 

£m 

2.7 

(1.1) 

0.9 

2.5 

£m 

3.8 

0.3 

(4.9) 

(0.8) 

£m 

1.3 

(0.9) 

(0.5) 

(0.1) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
89 

2004 

£m 

21.6 

0.7 

– 

1.2 

1.4 

(0.9) 

24.0 

20.2 

1.3 

2.1 

1.3 

(0.9) 

24.0 

– 

2003 

£m 

1.3 

6.3% 

(1.5) 

6.9% 

(2.1) 

(9.8%) 

(2.3) 

(10.9%) 

0.7 

(1.6) 

2006 

£m 

29.8 

0.5 

(0.1) 

1.5 

0.2 

(0.8) 

31.1 

2005 

£m 

29.3 

1.6 

1.1 

2.7 

(0.8) 

33.9 

2.8 

2005 

£m 

3.8 

13.0% 

0.3 

(1.0%) 

(4.9) 

(16.5%) 

(0.8) 

(2.8%) 

0.3 

(0.5) 

2005 

£m 

24.0 

0.6 

(0.1) 

1.3 

4.6 

(0.6) 

29.8 

2004 

£m 

24.0 

1.5 

0.6 

3.8 

(0.6) 

29.3 

(0.5) 

2004 

£m 

1.3 

5.3% 

(0.9) 

3.7% 

(0.5) 

(1.9%) 

(0.1) 

(0.3%) 

– 

(0.1) 

19. Pensions continued 
Analysis of the movement in the fair value of the scheme liabilities 

Beginning of year 

Movement in year: 

Current service cost 

Employee contributions 

Interest cost 

Actuarial gains and losses 

Benefits paid 

End of year 

Analysis of the movement in the fair value of the scheme assets 

Beginning of year 

Movement in year: 

Expected return on scheme assets 

Contributions by employer 

Actuarial gains and losses 

Benefits paid 

End of year 

Surplus/(deficit) in scheme at the year end 

History of experience gains and losses 

Difference between expected and actual return on scheme assets 

Amount 

Percentage of scheme assets 

Experience gains and losses on scheme liabilities 

Amount 

Percentage of fair value of scheme liabilities 

Changes in assumptions underlying the fair value of scheme liabilities 

Amount 

Percentage of fair value of scheme liabilities 

2006 

£m 

2006 

£m 

2.7 

8.0% 

(1.1) 

3.5% 

0.9 

2.9% 

Total actuarial gain/(loss) recognised in the group statement of recognised income and expense 

Amount 

Percentage of present value on scheme liabilities 

Deferred taxation attributable to pension movements (note 4) 

Pension scheme movement for the year net of deferred tax 

2.5 

8.0% 

(0.7) 

1.8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90 

Notes to the accounts
 

continued
 

20. Capital commitments 
At 30th November 2006 the group had contracted capital expenditure of £11,592,000 (2005: £18,000,000). 

21. Contingent liabilities 
The group has a joint and several unlimited liability with Vinci PLC and the Ministry of Defence under guarantees in respect of the financial 

performance of VSM Estates (Holdings) Limited. 

The group is also party to a joint and several guarantee to Fortis Bank in respect of the performance of Sowcrest Limited which is limited 

to £5m. 

22. Related party transactions 
Transactions between the group and its non­wholly owned subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates are as follows: 

Key Property Investments Limited (‘KPI’) 

During the year the group provided management services to KPI for which it received fees totalling £0.5m (2005: £0.5m). 

Holaw (462) Limited (‘Holaw’) 

During the year the group lent Holaw a further £nil (2005: £0.3m). The balance due to the group at the year end was £0.7m (2005: £0.7m). 

No interest is charged on the loan. 

Barton Business Park Limited (‘Barton’) 

During the year Barton repaid £0.7m (2005: £0.1m) of its loan. The balance due to the group at the year end was £0.4m (2005: £1.1m). 

No interest is charged on the loan. 

Sowcrest Limited (‘Sowcrest’) 

During the year the group lent £2.3m to (2005: borrowed £0.4m from) Sowcrest. The balance due from Sowcrest at the year end was 

£1.9m (2005:  £0.4m due to). No interest is charged on the loan. 

Shaw Park Developments Limited (‘SPD’) 

The balance due to the group from SPD at the year end was £2.2m (2005:  £2.2m). In addition, the balance due from Healnorth Limited, 

a company controlled by our joint venture partner in SPD, was £2.2m (2005: £2.2m). Interest is chargeable on the loans at 1.5% (2005: 

1.5%) above base rate. The loan to SPD is secured. 

Northern Racing PLC (‘Northern’) 

During the year Northern repaid its loan of £0.6m. No interest was charged on the loan (2005: £nil). 

The majority shareholder of Northern Racing PLC (which is listed on AIM) is the estate of the late Sir Stanley Clarke. 

St. Modwen Pension Scheme 

During the year the group sold properties to the pension scheme for £2.75m. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
91 

22. Related party transactions continued 
Non­wholly owned subsidiaries 

The group provides administrative and management services and provides a central purchase ledger system to subsidiary companies. In 

addition, the company also operates a central treasury function which lends to and borrows from subsidiary undertakings as appropriate. 

Management fees and interest charged/(credited) during the year and net balances due (to)/from subsidiaries in which the company has 

a less than 90% interest were as follows: 

Stoke­on­Trent Regeneration Limited 

Stoke­on­Trent Regeneration (Investments) Limited 

Uttoxeter Estates Limited 

Widnes Regeneration Limited 

Trentham Leisure Limited 

Norton & Proffitt Developments Limited 

VSM Estates (Holdings) Limited 

Management fees 

Interest 

Balance 

2006 

£m 

– 

– 

– 

– 

0.4 

– 

0.8 

1.2 

2005 

£m 

– 

– 

– 

– 

0.4 

– 

– 

0.4 

2006 

£m 

(0.8) 

– 

– 

0.2 

1.3 

– 

– 

0.7 

2005 

£m 

(0.7) 

– 

– 

0.1 

1.1 

0.1 

– 

0.6 

2006 

£m 

(20.8) 

0.3 

– 

5.2 

20.0 

3.7 

– 

8.4 

2005 

£m 

(13.4) 

0.7 

(0.1) 

2.1 

20.8 

5.8 

– 

15.9 

23. Transition from UK GAAP to IFRS 
These are the group’s first consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union. The 

Accounting policies section sets out the accounting policies that have been applied in preparing  the financial statements for the year 

ended 30th November 2006, the comparative information presented in these financial statements for the year ended 30th November 2005 

and in the preparation of an opening IFRS balance sheet at 30th November 2004 (the group’s date of IFRS transition). 

In preparing the opening IFRS balance sheet and the comparative information, the group has adjusted amounts previously reported in 

financial statements prepared in accordance with UK GAAP. An explanation of how the transition from UK GAAP to IFRS has affected the 

group’s financial performance and financial position is set out below: 

(a) Equity reconciliation 

UK GAAP equity shareholders’ funds 

Revaluation of investment properties 

Revaluation of derivatives 

Pension fund actuarial gains and losses 

Development profit recognition 

Employee share option valuation 

Lease incentive recognition 

Dividends declared but not paid 

Taxation on revaluations 

Other tax adjustments 

Share of joint venture IFRS adjustments 

IFRS equity shareholders’ funds 

Explanatory 

note 

L 

C, P 

A, R 

Q 

B, S 

N 

O 

M 

T 

U 

30th 

30th 

November 

November 

2004 

£m 

267.4 

16.0 

(0.8) 

0.6 

0.3 

(0.6) 

0.2 

6.1 

(24.2) 

(0.9) 

(1.7) 

262.4 

2005 

£m 

330.7 

18.7 

(0.5) 

0.2 

1.0 

(0.4) 

0.3 

7.1 

(29.5) 

(0.4) 

(6.8) 

320.4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
92 

Notes to the accounts
 

continued 

23. Transition from UK GAAP to IFRS continued 
(b) Profit reconciliation 

UK GAAP profit attributable to equity shareholders 

Revaluation of investment properties 

Revaluation of derivatives 

Pension fund net income 

Development profit recognition 

Employee share option valuation 

Lease incentive recognition 

Taxation on above adjustments 

Share of joint venture IFRS adjustments 

IFRS profit attributable to equity shareholders 

IFRS 1 — First time adoption decisions 

Explanatory 

30th November 2005 

Year to 

note 

L 

C, P 

R 

Q 

B, S 

N 

M, T 

U 

£m 

34.6 

24.3 

0.3 

0.4 

0.7 

0.2 

0.1 

(6.7) 

12.8 

66.7 

IFRS 1 “First time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards” provides certain choices on transition to IFRS. The significant 

decisions made by the group under IFRS 1 are set out below: 

A. Employee benefits — The group has elected to recognise all cumulative actuarial gains and losses in relation to its defined benefit 

pension scheme through equity at the date of transition to IFRS. Actuarial gains and losses arising after the date of transition to IFRS will 

also be recognised in full in accordance with the Amendment to IAS 19 “Employee Benefits”. 

B. Share­based payment transactions — The group has elected to apply IFRS 2 “Share­based payments” to all share options not 

exercised at the date of transition. 

C. Comparative information — IAS 32 and IAS 39 — The group has decided not to take the exemption allowed by IFRS 1 in relation 

to IAS 32 “Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation” and IAS 39 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement”. As a 

result, these two standards have been applied from the date of transition to IFRS. This decision was taken to ensure consistency between 

accounting policies for the years to 30th November 2005 and 30th November 2006. 

The group has not adopted hedge accounting in relation to existing interest rate swaps. A significant proportion of the group’s swaps are 

not classified as effective under IAS 39 and therefore hedge accounting has not been applied. 

Reclassification adjustments 

In preparing its financial statements under IFRS a number of presentational adjustments have been made as set out below: 

D. Revaluation reserves — As investment property revaluation movements are now reflected through the income statement, the balance 

on the revaluation reserve recorded under UK GAAP has been reclassified as retained earnings. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
93 

23. Transition from UK GAAP to IFRS continued 
E. Leasehold investment property — Under IAS 40 “Investment Property” leasehold investment property held under operating leases 

may only be held at valuation if the head lease is classified as a finance lease. Under IAS 17 “Leases” the net present value of guaranteed 

minimum lease rental payments is included in the value of leasehold properties. The resultant liability is disclosed as current/non­current 

payables as appropriate. As a result of this change the guaranteed minimum head lease cost previously disclosed within property outgoings 

under UK GAAP is now reclassified as a finance cost. 

F. Investment property held for resale — Under UK GAAP all investment properties were held in tangible fixed assets. IFRS 5 “Non­

current assets held for resale and discontinued operations” creates a new category of asset that is neither a current asset nor a non­current 

asset. Investment properties that are in the process of being sold are moved to this new category and shown separately on the balance 

sheet. There were no such assets at 30th November 2006 or 30th November 2005. 

G. Dividends — Under UK GAAP dividends were shown in the profit and loss account. IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements” states 

that dividends payable are shown in equity. A dividend line is therefore not included on the face of the income statement. 

H. Share of profit from joint ventures and associates — The group’s share of profit and losses of joint ventures was formerly reflected 

in the group profit and loss account as part of turnover, operating profit, interest and tax. Under IAS 1 the post­tax result of the joint 

ventures and associates is shown as a single line entry in arriving at profit before interest and tax. The UK GAAP comparative figures have 

been reclassified to reflect this change. 

I. Creditors — IAS 1 states that current tax payable and financial liabilities should be shown separately as line items in the balance sheet. 

These items have therefore been split out from creditors and shown separately. 

J. Cash flow statement — The transition to IFRS has no impact on the cash generation of the business. However, the format of the cash 

flow  statement  is  different  under  IAS  7  “Cash  flow  statements”.  IAS  7  only  allows  three  classifications  of  cash  flow  being  operating, 

investing and financing. As a result the cash flow items disclosed under UK GAAP have been reclassified under the most appropriate 

heading. The IFRS adjustments made to profit before interest and tax in the income statement are reflected within the reconciliation of 

profit before interest and tax to cash flows from operating activities. 

K. Minority interests —  Under  UK GAAP  minority interests  were  presented as  part  of  net  assets. Under  IFRS  minority  interests  are 

reclassified and shown as part of total equity. 

Changes affecting the reported result or net assets 

In restating its comparative financial statements under IFRS a number of adjustments have been made which impact either the reported 

profit or net assets of the group as set out below: 

L. Investment properties — Investment properties continue to be held at valuation but the revaluation movement (and attendant deferred 

tax,  see  below)  are  now  reflected  in  the  income  statement.  Under  UK  GAAP  revaluations  (but  with  no  deferred  tax)  were  reflected 

through equity. 

Under UK GAAP the company had carried land (and buildings) acquired for undetermined future use at cost within stocks. Under IAS 40, 

such assets are included within the definition of investment property. As a result assets meeting the definition have been reclassified from 

stock to investment property and have been valued by King Sturge & Co, Chartered Surveyors. Where such assets are sold without being 

developed, the resulting profit has been classified within gains on investment property disposals in the IFRS financial statements. In the 

UK GAAP financial statements such transactions were included within property development profits. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
94 

Notes to the accounts
 

continued
 

23. Transition from UK GAAP to IFRS continued 
M. Deferred tax on investment property revaluation — Under UK GAAP no deferred tax was recognised in respect of the unrealised 

surplus on the revaluation of investment property unless there was a binding contract to sell the property at the balance sheet date. In 

addition, no provision was made for Capital Gains Tax on the disposal of properties where the gain was deferred through the application 

of capital gains rollover relief as no liability was expected to crystallise. 

IAS 12 “Income Tax” states that deferred tax must be provided on all temporary differences between the tax base cost and the carrying 

value  of assets. As a result a deferred tax liability has  been recognised  relating to  the revaluation of  investment  properties  and  gains 

previously rolled over, through equity at the date of transition and through the income statement thereafter. 

N. Lease incentives — Under UK GAAP lease incentives, including rent­free  periods and  payments to  tenants, are allocated to  the 

income statement over the period to the first rent review set out in the lease. Under SIC 15 the period over which the incentive is allocated 

is revised to be the lease term. 

O. Proposed dividends — Under UK GAAP dividends were accrued and shown as a liability when they were proposed. They were 

therefore accounted for in the period to which they related. IAS 10 “Events after the balance sheet date” states that dividends declared 

after the balance sheet date should not be shown as a liability. As a result, the liability for proposed dividends has been reversed. Final 

dividends will now only be recognised when they are approved at the AGM and interim dividends when they are paid. 

P. Interest rate derivatives — Under UK GAAP the group’s interest rate derivatives were not carried on the balance sheet. Under IAS 39 

the  derivatives  are stated  at  fair  value  and  disclosed  as  current/non­current  assets/liabilities  as  appropriate.  Remeasurements  of  the 

derivatives are reflected in the income statement. Deferred tax is provided on the remeasurements. 

Q. Construction contracts — Under UK GAAP the group had elected to carry all property being developed with a view to sale at cost 

with full profit recognised when the asset was sold. Under IAS 11 “Construction Contracts” the group now recognises profit in respect of 

construction contracts for pre­sold projects using the stage of completion method. Provided the outcome of the contract can be assessed 

with reasonable certainty, income and profit on such contracts is now recognised in proportion to the costs. The project is carried in the 

balance sheet at cost plus recognised profit less payments received on account. This revised profit recognition generates consequent 

adjustments to tax and minority interests. 

R. Defined benefit pension scheme — Under UK GAAP the cost of the defined benefit pension scheme was charged to the profit and 

loss account so as to spread the variations in pension cost, which were identified as a result of actuarial valuations, over the service lives 

of employees so that the pension cost was a substantially level percentage of current and expected future pensionable pay. Under IAS 

19  actuarial gains and losses arising are recognised in full. Actuarial variations in the scheme will be recognised through the statement 

of recognised income  and expense with the regular pension cost and net finance cost related to the scheme reflected  in the income 

statement. There are consequent adjustments to deferred and current tax. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
95 

23. Transition from UK GAAP to IFRS continued 
S. Employee share option scheme — Under UK GAAP the group’s exposure to its share option schemes was remeasured at each 

balance sheet date based on the difference between the average share price in the three months prior to the period end and the exercise 

price of the option. Under IFRS 2 the liabilities arising from the grant of share options have been evaluated using a Black Scholes option 

pricing model. 

T. Tax — An adjustment has been made to the tax charge to reflect the tax effect of the IFRS adjustments where necessary. 

U. Investments in joint ventures and associates — In assessing the impact of IFRS on the group, the impact on the group’s joint 

ventures and associates has also been assessed. There is no impact on the amounts recorded for associated undertakings. The amounts 

recorded in respect of joint ventures have been adjusted accordingly in respect of the group’s share of the above adjustments which 

apply to the joint ventures. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
96 

Company balance sheet
 

At 30th November 2006 

2006 

Note 

£m 

Fixed assets 

Tangible assets 

Investments 

Current assets 

Debtors 

Current liabilities 

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 

Net current assets 

Total assets less current liabilities 

(e) 

(f) 

(g) 

(h) 

2005 

Restated 

£m 

1.8 

328.4 

330.2 

1.3 

344.5 

345.8 

296.6 

197.0 

(114.1) 

182.5 

528.3 

(107.9) 

89.1 

419.3 

Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year 

(h) 

(127.1) 

(82.0) 

Net assets excluding pension asset/(liability) 

401.2 

337.3 

Defined benefit pension asset/(liability) 

Net assets 

Capital and reserves 

Called up share capital 

Share premium account 

Capital redemption reserve 

Revaluation reserve 

Profit and loss account 

Own shares 

Equity shareholders’ funds 

(m) 

(k) 

(l) 

(l) 

(l) 

(l) 

(l) 

2.0 

403.2 

12.1 

9.1 

0.3 

259.0 

123.5 

(0.8) 

403.2 

(0.3) 

337.0 

12.1 

9.1 

0.3 

242.9 

73.0 

(0.4) 

337.0 

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 12th February 2007 and were signed on its behalf by 

Anthony Glossop 

Chairman 

Tim Haywood 

Finance Director 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the company accounts
 

97 

(a) Accounting policies 
Basis of preparation 

The accounts and notes have been prepared in accordance with applicable UK GAAP. 

Compliance with SSAP 19 “Accounting for Investment Properties” requires departure from the Companies Act 1985 relating to depreciation 

and an explanation of the departure is given below. 

In preparing the financial statements for the current year, the company has adopted the following new accounting standards: 

– the full provisions of FRS 17 “Retirement benefits” 

– FRS 20 “Share­based payments” 

– FRS 21 “Events after the balance sheet date” 

– FRS 25 “Financial instruments: Disclosure and presentation” 

– FRS 26 “Financial instruments: Measurement” 

The adoption of these new standards constitutes a change in  accounting policy and therefore previously reported figures have been 

restated as detailed. 

FRS 17 “Retirement benefits” 

The company has adopted FRS 17 “Retirement benefits” in full with effect from 30th November 2005. In prior years the company has 

complied with the transitional disclosure requirements of this standard. The change in accounting policy provides stakeholders with greater 

clarity of earnings and net assets going forward. 

The full adoption of FRS 17 has resulted in a change in the accounting treatment of the defined benefits scheme to which the company 

contributes. In particular the net assets/(liabilities) of the pension scheme are included in the balance sheet, current service costs and net 

financial  returns  are  included  in  the  profit  and  loss  account  and  actuarial  gains  and  losses  are  recognised  in  the  statement  of  total 

recognised gains and losses. Previous accounting under SSAP 24 “Accounting for Pension Costs” required the charging of regular costs 

and variations from regular cost in the profit and loss account with the difference between the cumulative amounts charged and the 

payments made to the pension scheme shown as either a prepayment or creditor on the balance sheet. 

FRS 20 “Share­based payments” 

In accordance with FRS 20, the estimated fair value of share awards needs to be assessed using an option pricing model. Under previous 

accounting, the company’s exposure to its share option schemes was remeasured at each balance sheet date based on the difference 

between the average share price in the three months prior to the year end and the exercise price of the option. In all other respects the 

accounting for cash settled share based payments is unchanged. 

FRS 21 “Events after the balance sheet date” 

In accordance with FRS 21, dividends declared after the balance sheet date are not recognised as liabilities at the balance sheet date. In 

previous years dividends were accrued and shown as a liability when they were proposed. This standard has had a corresponding impact 

on dividends receivable. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
98 

Notes to the company accounts
 

continued
 

FRS 25 “Financial instruments: Disclosure and presentation” and FRS 26 “Financial instruments: Measurement” 

With the adoption of FRS 25 and FRS 26 treatment of financial instruments is now consistent with the group for the current and preceeding 

year. Interest rate derivatives are now held at fair value with movements recorded through the profit and loss account, rather than at 

amortised  cost.  The  group  financial  statements  include  the  required  disclosures  of  IAS  32  “Financial  instruments:  Disclosure  and 

presentation”  for  the group  and  therefore the company has  taken  the  exemption  permitted  by  paragraph  3c of  FRS  25  and  has  not 

presented a separate note detailing these disclosures. 

The financial impact of adopting the above standards is as follows: 

Profit for the year ended 30th November 2005 as previously stated 

Impact of FRS 17 

Impact of FRS 20 

Impact of FRS 25 and FRS 26 

Profit for the year ended 30th November 2005 as restated 

Profit and loss account as at 30th November 2005 as previously stated 

Impact of FRS 17 

Impact of FRS 20 

Impact of FRS 21 

Impact of FRS 25 and FRS 26 

Profit and loss account as at 30th November 2005 as restated 

Equity shareholders’ funds as at 30th November 2005 as previously stated 

Impact of FRS 17 

Impact of FRS 20 

Impact of FRS 21 

Impact of FRS 25 and FRS 26 

Equity shareholders’ funds as at 30th November 2005 as restated 

£m 

6.6 

0.3 

(0.2) 

0.2 

6.9 

£m 

66.7 

0.1 

(0.6) 

7.1 

(0.3) 

73.0 

£m 

330.7 

0.1 

(0.6) 

7.1 

(0.3) 

337.0 

Accounting convention 
The accounts have been prepared under the historical cost convention, modified by the revaluation of investment properties. 

Revenue recognition 
Revenue is recognised to the extent that the company obtains the right to consideration in exchange for its performance. Revenue is 

measured at the fair value of the consideration received, excluding discounts and VAT. 

Rental income 

Rental income arising from investment properties is accounted for on a straight­line basis over the lease term. 

Interest receivable 

Interest receivable is recognised on the accruals basis. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
99 

(a) Accounting policies continued 
Tangible fixed assets 
Tangible fixed assets, other than investment properties, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment 

losses. Such cost includes costs directly attributable to making the asset capable of operating as intended. 

Depreciation is provided on all plant, machinery and equipment at rates calculated to write off the cost less estimated residual value, 

based on prices prevailing at the balance sheet date, of each asset evenly over its expected useful life as follows: 

Plant, machinery and equipment 

— over 2 to 5 years 

Depreciation is not provided on investment properties which are subject to annual revaluations. 

Investment in subsidiary, joint venture and associated companies 
The investments in subsidiary, joint venture and associated companies are included in the company’s balance sheet at the company’s share 

of net asset value. The valuation recognises the cost of acquisition and changes in the book values of the underlying net assets. The surplus 

or deficit arising on revaluation is reflected in the company’s reserves. 

Investment properties 
In accordance with SSAP 19, investment properties are revalued annually and the aggregate surplus or temporary deficit is transferred to 

the revaluation reserve. Permanent diminutions are recognised through the profit and loss account. No depreciation is provided in respect 

of investment properties. 

The  Companies  Act  1985  requires  all  properties  to  be  depreciated.  However,  this  requirement  conflicts  with  the  generally  accepted 

accounting principle set out in SSAP 19. The directors consider that, because these properties are not held for consumption but for their 

investment potential, to depreciate them would not give a true and fair view and that it is necessary to adopt SSAP 19 in order to give a 

true  and  fair  view.  If  this  departure  from  the  Act  had  not  been  made,  the  profit  for  the  financial  year  would  have  been  reduced  by 

depreciation. However, the amount of depreciation cannot reasonably be quantified because depreciation is only one of many factors 

reflected in the annual valuation and the amount which might otherwise have been shown cannot be separately identified or quantified. 

Deferred taxation 
Deferred  tax  is  recognised  in respect  of  all  timing  differences  that  have  originated  but not  reversed  at  the  balance sheet  date  where 

transactions or events have occurred at that date that will result in an obligation to pay less or to receive more tax, with the following 

exceptions: 

provision is made for tax on gains arising from the revaluation (and similar fair value adjustments) of fixed assets and gains on disposal 

of fixed assets that have been rolled over into replacement assets only to the extent that, at the balance sheet date, there is a binding 

agreement to dispose of the assets concerned. However, no provision is made where, on the basis of all available evidence at the 

balance sheet date, it is more likely than not that the taxable gain will be rolled over into replacement assets and charged to tax only 

where the replacement assets are sold; and 

deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that the directors consider that it is more likely than not that there will be suitable 

taxable profits from which the future reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted. 

Deferred tax is measured on an undiscounted basis at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the periods in which timing differences 

reverse, based on tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
100 

Notes to the company accounts
 

continued
 

(a) Accounting policies continued 
Interest 
Income paid is charged to the profit and loss account on an accruals basis. 

Finance costs of debt are allocated over the term of the debt at a constant rate on the carrying amount. 

Share­based payment 
The company accounts for its share option schemes as cash­settled share­based payments as  new shares are not issued to satisfy 

employee share option plans. The cost of cash­settled transactions is measured at fair value using an appropriate option pricing model 

and amortised through the profit and loss account over the vesting period. The liability is remeasured at each year end. Revisions to the 

fair value of the accrued liability after the end of the vesting period are recorded in the profit and loss account of the year in which they 

occur. Further details are set out in note 2 of the group financial statements. 

Pensions 
The company operates a pension scheme with both defined benefit and defined contribution sections. The defined benefit section is 

closed to new members. 

The cost of providing benefits under the defined benefit section is determined using the projected unit credit method, which attributes 

entitlement to benefits to the current period (to determine current service cost) and to the current and prior periods (to determine the present 

value of defined benefit obligation) and is based on actuarial advice. Past service costs are recognised in the profit and loss account 

immediately if the benefits have vested. 

The interest element of the defined benefit cost represents the change in present value of scheme obligations. The expected return on 

plan assets is based on an assessment made at the beginning of the year of long­term market returns on scheme assets, adjusted for 

the effect on the fair value of plan assets of contributions received and benefits paid during the year. The difference between the expected 

return on plan assets and the interest cost is recognised in the profit and loss account as other finance income or expense. 

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the statement of total recognised gains and losses in the year in which they occur. The 

defined benefit pension asset or liability in the balance sheet comprises the present value of the defined benefit obligation, less any past 

service cost not yet recognised and less the fair value of plan assets out of which the obligations are to be settled directly. 

Contributions to defined contribution schemes are recognised in the profit and loss account in the period in which they become payable. 

Derivative financial instruments and hedging 
The company uses derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps to hedge its risks associated with interest rate fluctuations. 

Such instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date on which a contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured 

at  fair  value.  The  company  has  determined  that  the  derivative  financial  instruments  in  use  do  not  qualify  for  hedge  accounting  and, 

consequently, any gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of derivatives are taken to the profit and loss account. 

Full details of the company’s derivative financial instruments are given in note 15 to the group financial statements. 

Own shares 
St. Modwen Properties PLC shares held by the company are classified in shareholders’ equity and are recognised at cost. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
101 

Interest bearing loans and borrowings 
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at fair value less directly attributable transaction costs. After initial recognition, loans and 

borrowings are measured at amortised cost. 

Gains and losses arising on the repurchase, settlement or otherwise cancellation of liabilities are recognised respectively in finance income 

and finance expense. 

Cash flow statement 
The company has taken advantage of the exemption permitted by FRS1 not to present a cash flow statement. 

(b) Profit for the financial year 
The company has taken advantage of Section 230 of the Companies Act 1985 and has not included its own profit and loss account in 

these financial statements. The company’s profit for the year was £59.9m (2005: restated £6.9m). 

(c) Auditors’ remuneration 

Fees paid to Ernst & Young LLP in respect of: 

– Audit 

– Tax services 

2006 

£’000 

2005 

£’000 

12 

2 

11 

2 

(d) Dividends 
Dividends paid during the year comprised the final dividend in respect of 2005, approved at the AGM, and the interim dividend in respect 

of 2006. 

Paid 

Final dividend in respect of previous year 

Interim dividend in respect of current year 

Total 

Proposed 

Current year final dividend 

The Employee Benefit Trust waives its entitlement to dividends. 

2006 

2005 

Restated 

p per share 

£m 

p per share 

5.9 

3.4 

9.3 

6.8 

7.1 

4.1 

11.2 

8.2 

5.1 

2.9 

8.0 

5.9 

£m 

6.1 

3.6 

9.7 

7.1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
102 

Notes to the company accounts
 

continued 

(e) Tangible fixed assets 

Cost or valuation 

At 30th November 2005 

Additions 

Disposals 

At 30th November 2006 

Depreciation 

At 30th November 2005 

Charge for the year 

At 30th November 2006 

Net book value 

At 30th November 2006 

At 30th November 2005 

Long 

Plant, 

leasehold  machinery 

investment 

and 

properties 

equipment 

£m 

1.0 

– 

(0.3) 

0.7 

– 

– 

– 

0.7 

1.0 

£m 

1.5 

0.1 

– 

1.6 

0.7 

0.3 

1.0 

0.6 

0.8 

Total 

£m 

2.5 

0.1 

(0.3) 

2.3 

0.7 

0.3 

1.0 

1.3 

1.8 

Investment properties were valued at 30th November 2005 and 2006 by King Sturge & Co, Chartered Surveyors, in accordance with the 

Appraisal and Valuation method of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors, on the basis of open market value. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
103 

(f) Investments held as fixed assets 

At 30th November 2005 

Revaluation of investments 

At 30th November 2006 

Subsidiary companies: 

Investment 

Investment 

Investment 

in subsidiary 

in joint  in associated 

companies 

ventures 

companies 

£m 

253.8 

6.8 

260.6 

£m 

64.2 

8.7 

72.9 

£m 

10.4 

0.6 

11.0 

Total 

£m 

328.4 

16.1 

344.5 

At 30th November 2006 the principal subsidiaries, all of which were held directly by the company, were as follows: 

Proportion of ordinary shares held 

Nature of principal business 

Boughton Holdings 

Chaucer Estates Limited 

Leisure Living Limited 

Redman Heenan Properties Limited 

St. Modwen Developments Limited 

St. Modwen Investments Limited 

St. Modwen Securities Limited 

St. Modwen Ventures Limited 

Stoke­on­Trent Regeneration Limited 

Uttoxeter Estates Limited 

Widnes Regeneration Limited 

Trentham Leisure Limited 

Norton & Proffitt Developments Limited 

VSM Estates (Holdings) Limited 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

81% 

81% 

81% 

80% 

75% 

50% 

Investment company 

Property investors 

Leisure operator 

Property investors 

Property developers 

Property investors 

Property developers 

Property investors 

Property developers 

Property developers 

Property developers 

Leisure operator 

Property developers 

Property developers 

St. Modwen Enterprises Limited was registered and operated in the Isle of Man; all other subsidiaries were registered and operated in 

England and Wales. 

Joint ventures: 

At 30th November 2006 the joint ventures were: 

Key Property Investments Limited 

Holaw (462) Limited 

Barton Business Park Limited 

Sowcrest Limited 

Shaw Park Developments Limited 

Percentage shareholding 

Nature of business 

50% 

50% 

50% 

50% 

50% 

Property investment and development 

Property investment 

Property development 

Property development 

Property development 

Many of the joint ventures contain change of control provisions, as is common for such arrangements. 

Associated companies: 

At 30th November 2006 the associated company, which was registered and operated in England and Wales, was as follows: 

Northern Racing PLC 

Percentage shareholding 

27% 

Nature of business 

Racecourse operator 

The accounts of Northern Racing PLC are drawn up to 31st December each year. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
104 

Notes to the company accounts
 

continued 

(g) Debtors 

Trade debtors 

Amounts due from subsidiaries 

Amounts due from joint venture and associated companies 

Other debtors 

Prepayments and accrued income 

Derivative financial instruments* 

Deferred tax asset (see note (j)) 

* Included in this amount is £1.2m (2005: restated £0.1m) which is due in more than one year. 

(h) Creditors 
Amounts falling due within one year 

Bank overdraft 

Trade creditors 

Amounts due to subsidiaries 

Amounts due to joint venture and associated companies 

Other creditors 

Accruals and deferred income 

Derivative financial instruments 

Amounts falling due after more than one year 

Bank loans 

Accruals and deferred income 

Derivative financial instruments 

All bank borrowings are secured by a fixed charge over the property assets of the company and its subsidiaries. 

2006 

£m 

0.1 

252.3 

6.8 

33.2 

0.7 

1.8 

1.7 

2005 

Restated 

£m 

– 

174.3 

4.5 

15.5 

0.6 

0.3 

1.8 

296.6 

197.0 

2006 

£m 

19.5 

– 

80.1 

0.2 

0.1 

13.9 

0.3 

2005 

Restated 

£m 

19.0 

0.4 

75.1 

0.4 

0.2 

12.4 

0.4 

114.1 

107.9 

2006 

£m 

127.1 

– 

– 

127.1 

2005 

Restated 

£m 

81.2 

0.4 

0.4 

82.0 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(i) Borrowings 
The maturity profile of the bank borrowings is as follows: 

Less than one year 

One to two years 

Two to five years 

More than five years 

Total 

The bank borrowings can be further analysed as follows: 

Wholly repayable within five years 

Not wholly repayable in five years 

105 

2005 

£m 

19.0 

– 

26.2 

55.0 

100.2 

2005 

£m 

45.2 

55.0 

100.2 

2006 

£m 

19.5 

– 

114.4 

12.7 

146.6 

2006 

£m 

133.9 

12.7 

146.6 

(j) Deferred taxation 
The amounts of deferred taxation provided and unprovided in the accounts are: 

Capital allowances in excess of depreciation 

Other timing differences 

Revaluation of properties 

Provided 

Unprovided 

2006 

2005 

Restated 

2006 

2005 

£m 

1.0 

(2.7) 

– 

(1.7) 

£m 

1.0 

(2.8) 

– 

(1.8) 

£m 

– 

– 

(0.1) 

(0.1) 

£m 

– 

– 

(0.2) 

(0.2) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
106 

Notes to the company accounts
 

continued 

(j) Deferred taxation continued 
Reconciliation of movement on deferred tax asset included in debtors 

Balance as at 30th November 2005 (restated) 

Profit and loss account 

Balance as at 30th November 2006 

Reconciliation of movement on deferred tax (asset)/liability included in pension liability/(asset) 

Balance as at 30th November 2005 (restated) 

Profit and loss account 

Statement of total recognised gains and losses 

Balance as at 30th November 2006 

(k) Called up share capital 

£m 

(1.8) 

0.1 

(1.7) 

£m 

(0.2) 

0.3 

0.7 

0.8 

2006 

£m 

2005 

£m 

Authorised: 

Equity share capital 

150,000,000 

Allotted and fully paid: 

Equity share capital 

120,773,954 

Ordinary 10p shares 

15.0 

15.0 

Ordinary 10p shares 

12.1 

12.1 

See note 2c of the group financial statements for details of outstanding options to acquire ordinary shares. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
107 

Share premium 

redemption  Revaluation 

and loss 

Capital 

Profit 

account 

reserve 

reserve 

account  Own shares 

£m 

9.1 

– 

– 

– 

– 

£m 

0.3 

– 

– 

– 

– 

9.1 

0.3 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

£m 

242.9 

– 

– 

– 

– 

242.9 

16.1 

0.1 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

£m 

66.7 

0.1 

(0.6) 

7.1 

(0.3) 

73.0 

– 

(0.1) 

59.9 

– 

(11.2) 

2.5 

(0.7) 

123.4 

£m 

(0.4) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(0.4) 

– 

– 

– 

(0.4) 

– 

– 

– 

(0.8) 

(l) Reserves 

At 30 November 2005 as previously reported 

FRS 17 adjustment 

FRS 20 adjustment 

FRS 21 adjustment 

FRS 26 adjustment 

At 30th November 2005 as restated 

Surplus on revaluation of investments (note f) 

Realisation of prior year revaluation deficits 

Retained profit for the year (note b) 

Net share additions 

Dividends paid (note d) 

Actuarial gain on pension scheme (note m) 

Movement on deferred tax relating to pension asset/(liability) (note j) 

At 30th November 2006 

9.1 

0.3 

259.1 

‘Own shares’ represents the cost of 167,306 (2005: 149,114) shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust. The open market value of the 

shares held at 30th November 2006 was £951,971 (2005: £678,469). 

(m) Pensions 
The company’s pension schemes are the principal pension schemes of the group and details are set out in note 19 of the consolidated 

financial statements. The directors are satisfied that this note, which contains the required IAS19 “Employee benefits” disclosures for the 

group, also covers the requirements of FRS17 “Retirement benefits” for the company. 

(n) Contingent liabilities 
The company has a joint and several unlimited liability with Vinci PLC and the Ministry of Defence under guarantees in respect of the 

financial performance of VSM Estates (Holdings) Limited. 

The company is also party to a joint and several guarantee to Fortis Bank in respect of the performance of Sowcrest Limited which is limited 

to £5m. 

Further, the company guarantees the performance of its subsidiaries in the course of their usual commercial activities. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
108 

Independent auditor’s report to the members 
of St. Modwen Properties PLC 

We have audited the parent company financial statements of St. Modwen Properties PLC for the year ended 30th November 2006 which 

comprise the Company balance sheet and the related notes a to n. These parent company financial statements have been prepared 

under the accounting policies set out therein. We have also audited the information in the Directors’ remuneration report that is described 

as having been audited. 

We have reported separately on the group financial statements of St. Modwen Properties PLC for the year ended 30th November 2006. 

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Section 235 of the Companies Act 1985. Our audit 

work  has  been undertaken so that  we might  state to the company’s members those matters  we are required  to state to them in  an 

auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other 

than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. 

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors 
The  directors’  responsibilities  for  preparing  the  Annual  Report,  the  Directors’  remuneration  report  and  the  parent  company  financial 

statements  in  accordance  with  applicable  United  Kingdom  law  and  Accounting  Standards  (United  Kingdom  Generally  Accepted 

Accounting Practice) are set out in the statement of Directors’ responsibilities in relation to financial statements. 

Our responsibility is to audit the parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited in 

accordance with relevant legal and regulatory requirements and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). 

We report to you our opinion as to whether the parent company financial statements give a true and fair view and whether the parent 

company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited have been properly prepared in accordance 

with the Companies Act 1985. We also report to you whether in our opinion the information given in the Directors’ report is consistent 

with the financial statements. 

In addition, we report to you if, in our opinion, the company has not kept proper accounting records, if we have not received all the information 

and explanations we require for our audit, or if information specified by law regarding directors’ remuneration and other transactions is not disclosed. 

We read other information contained in the Annual Report and consider whether it is consistent with the audited parent company financial 

statements. The other information comprises only the Directors’ report, the unaudited part of the Directors’ remuneration report, the 

Chairman’s statement, the Business review and the Corporate governance report. We consider the implications for our report if we become 

aware of any apparent misstatements or material inconsistencies with the parent company financial statements. Our responsibilities do 

not extend to any other information. 

Basis of audit opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) issued by the Auditing Practices Board. 

An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of evidence relevant  to the amounts  and disclosures  in  the parent  company  financial 

statements and the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited. It also includes an assessment of the significant estimates 

and judgements made by the directors in the preparation of the parent company financial statements, and of whether the accounting 

policies are appropriate to the company’s circumstances, consistently applied and adequately disclosed. 

We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and explanations which we considered necessary in order to provide 

us with sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that  the parent  company financial statements  and the part of the Directors’ 

remuneration report to be audited are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other irregularity or error. In forming 

our opinion we also evaluated the overall adequacy of the presentation of information in the parent company financial statements and the 

part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
109 

Opinion 
In our opinion: 

the parent company financial statements give a true and fair view, in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 

Practice, of the state of the company’s affairs as at 30th November 2006; 

the parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited have been properly prepared 

in accordance with the Companies Act 1985; and 

the information given in the Directors’ report is consistent with the parent company financial statements. 

Ernst & Young LLP 

Registered auditor 

Birmingham 

12th February 2007 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
	 
●
	 
●
	 
110 

Five year record
 

Rental income* 

Property profits* 

Revaluation surplus* 

Pre­tax profit† 

Earnings per share (pence) 

Dividends per share (pence) 

Dividend cover (times) 

Net assets per share (pence) 

Increase on prior year 

Net assets employed 

Investment properties 

Investments 

Work in progress 

Other net liabilities 

Net borrowings 

Net assets 

Financed by 

Share capital 

Reserves 

Own shares 

Minority interests 

Total equity 

* Including share of joint ventures. 

† Including post tax profit of joint ventures. 

2002 

£m 

30.7 

24.0 

15.2 

42.1 

27.5 

5.7 

4.9 

152.1 

17% 

267.5 

36.7 

101.2 

(47.9) 

(173.8) 

183.7 

12.1 

169.6 

(0.6) 

2.6 

2003 

£m 

42.5 

25.2 

14.5 

47.5 

31.2 

6.6 

4.7 

175.5 

15% 

266.5 

38.1 

77.5 

(35.1) 

(135.0) 

212.0 

12.1 

198.2 

(1.3) 

3.0 

2004 

£m 

44.3 

34.0 

26.1 

64.3 

41.5 

7.6 

5.5 

219.8 

25% 

454.2 

49.9 

48.1 

(59.4) 

(227.3) 

265.5 

12.1 

252.2 

(1.9) 

3.1 

2005 

£m 

45.2 

39.3 

44.9 

82.9 

55.4 

8.8 

6.3 

268.3 

22% 

481.2 

68.5 

36.1 

(54.0) 

(207.8) 

324.0 

12.1 

308.7 

(0.4) 

3.6 

2006
 

£m
 

40.3 

44.6 

55.6 

96.9 

61.6 

10.2 

6.0 

322.8 

20% 

736.4 

77.9 

65.9 

(237.5) 

(252.9) 

389.8 

12.1 

373.7 

(0.8) 

4.8 

183.7 

212.0 

265.5 

324.0 

389.8 

Figures prior to 30th November 2004 are restated on an IFRS basis, but do not reflect the reclassification of certain work in progress assets. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholder information 

111 

Ordinary shareholdings at 30th November 2006 

By shareholder 

Directors and connected persons 

Individuals 

Insurance companies, nominees and pension funds 

Other limited companies and corporate bodies 

By shareholding 

Up to 500 

501 to 1,000 

1,001 to 5,000 

5,001 to 10,000 

10,001 to 50,000 

50,001 to 100,000 

100,001 to 500,000 

500,001 to 1,000,000 

1,000,001 and above 

Principal institutional shareholders at 30th November 2006 

Thames River Capital 

ING Investment Management 

Legal & General Investment Management Limited 

M & G Investment Management Limited 

Henderson Global Investors 

Threadneedle Asset Management Limited 

Barclays Global Investors Limited 

SG Asset Management Limited 

AXA Framlington Investment Management Limited 

Societe General 

Brewin Dolphin 

Gerrard 

Shareholders 

Shares 

No. 

% 

No. (m) 

% 

33 

4,044 

92 

287 

0.7 

90.8 

2.0 

6.5 

53.4 

13.5 

17.0 

36.8 

44.3 

11.2 

14.1 

30.4 

Shareholders 

Shares
 

No. 

% 

No. (m) 

1,218 

839 

1,557 

324 

351 

39 

84 

27 

17 

27.3 

18.8 

34.9 

7.3 

7.9 

0.9 

1.9 

0.6 

0.4 

0.3 

0.7 

3.6 

2.4 

7.4 

2.8 

18.2 

20.4 

65.0 

%
 

0.3 

0.5 

3.0 

2.0 

6.1 

2.3 

15.0 

16.9 

53.9 

Shares 

No. (m) 

4.9 

4.9 

3.3 

2.9 

2.4 

2.0 

1.4 

1.3 

1.3 

1.3 

1.2 

1.2 

% 

4.1 

4.0 

2.7 

2.4 

2.0 

1.7 

1.1 

1.1 

1.1 

1.1 

1.0 

1.0 

The Clarke and Leavesley families and trusts together hold 

51.4 

42.5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
112 

Shareholder information
 

continued
 

Advisers 
Auditors 

Registrars 

Ernst & Young LLP 

Lloyds TSB Registrars 

Stockbrokers 

Bridgewell Limited 

Registered Office 
Sir Stanley Clarke House 

7 Ridgeway 

Quinton Business Park 

Birmingham 

B32 1AF 

Company number 349201 

Website: www.stmodwen.co.uk 

Financial Calendar 

Record date for 2006 final dividend 

Annual General Meeting 

Payment of 2006 final dividend 

Announcement of 2007 interim results 

Payment of 2007 interim ordinary dividend 

Announcement of 2007 final results 

13th April 2007 

27th April 2007 

4th May 2007 

July 2007 

September 2007 

February 2008 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notice of Annual General Meeting
 

113 

Notice  is  hereby  given  that  the  sixty­sixth  Annual  General  Meeting  of  St.  Modwen  Properties  PLC  will  be  held  at  noon  on  Friday 

27th April 2007 at the Ironmongers’ Hall, Barbican, London EC2Y 8AA. 

Ordinary Business 
1.	 

To receive and adopt the report of the directors and the accounts for the year ended 30th November 2006. 

2.	 

To declare a final ordinary dividend of 6.8p per share. 

3.	 

To re­elect as directors: 

i.	 

ii.	 

Christopher Roshier 

Steve Burke 

iii.	  Anthony Glossop 

iv.	  Simon Clarke 

v.	 

Paul Rigg 

4.	 

To reappoint Ernst & Young LLP as auditors and to authorise the directors to determine their remuneration (note (a)). 

5.	 

To approve the directors’ remuneration report contained on pages 53 to 60. 

Special Business 
To consider and, if thought fit, pass the following resolutions: 

6.	  Ordinary Resolution 

To approve the Performance Share Plan for executive directors contained in the letter to shareholders accompanying this Annual 

Report. 

7.	  Ordinary Resolution 

To approve the renewal of the existing 1997 Executive Share Option Scheme, as set out in the letter to shareholders accompanying 

this Annual Report. 

8.	  Ordinary Resolution 

That the authority to allot relevant securities and equity securities conferred on the directors by Article 8.2 of the company’s Articles 

of Association be and is hereby granted for the period ending on 27th July 2008 or at the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting 

of the company to be held after the date of the passing of this Resolution (whichever is the earlier) and for such period the Section 

80 amount shall be £2,922,605 (note (b)). 

9.	  Special Resolution 

That the power to allot relevant securities and equity securities conferred on the directors by Article 8.2 of the company’s Articles of 

Association be and is hereby granted for the period ending on 27th July 2008 or at the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting of 

the company to be held after the date of the passing of this Resolution (whichever is the earlier) and for such period the Section 89 

amount shall be £603,870 (note (b)). 

10.	  Special Resolution 

That, in accordance with Article 10 of its Articles of Association and Section 166 of the Companies Act 1985, the company be and 

is hereby granted general and unconditional authority to make market purchases (as defined in Section 163 of the Companies Act 

1985) of any of its own ordinary shares on such terms and in such manner as the board of directors may from time to time determine 

PROVIDED THAT the general authority conferred by this Resolution shall: 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
114 

Notice of Annual General Meeting
 

continued 

(i)	 

be limited to 12,077,395 ordinary shares of 10p each; 

(ii) 

not permit the payment  per share of more than  105% of the average  middle market price quotation  on  the London  Stock 

Exchange  for  the  ordinary  shares  on  the  five  previous  dealing  days  or  less  than  10p  (in  each  case  exclusive  of  advance 

corporation tax (if any) and expenses payable by the company); and 

(iii)  expire on 27th July 2008 or at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the company to be held after the date of 

the passing of this Resolution (whichever is the earlier), save that if the company should before such expiry enter into a contract 

of purchase then the purchase may be completed or executed wholly or partly after such expiry (note (b)). 

By order of the board 

Tim Haywood 

Secretary 

12th February 2007 

Sir Stanley Clarke House 

7 Ridgeway 

Quinton Business Park 

Birmingham 

B32 1AF 

Notes 
(a)	  Ernst & Young LLP have expressed their willingness to remain in office and a resolution to reappoint them as auditors of the company 

will be proposed at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting (see note on audit tender process on page 48). 

(b)	  The existing general authority of the directors to allot shares and the current disapplication of the statutory pre­emption rights expire 

at the conclusion of the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. 

Article 8.2 of the company’s Articles of Association contains a general authority for the directors to allot shares in the company for 

a period  (not  exceeding five years) (“the prescribed  period”) and  up  to a  maximum  aggregate  nominal  amount  (“the Section  80 

amount”) approved by a Special or Ordinary Resolution of the company. Article 8.2 also empowers the directors during the prescribed 

period to allot shares for cash in connection with a rights issue and also to allot shares for cash in any other circumstances up to a 

maximum aggregate nominal amount approved by a Special Resolution of the company (“the Section 89 amount”). 

The board has no intention at present to exercise the authority to allot shares. 

Resolution 8, which will be proposed as an Ordinary Resolution, provides for the Section 80 amount to be £2,922,605 (being an 

amount equal to the authorised but unissued share capital of the company at the date of this report and representing 24% of the 

company’s issued share capital at that date). 

Resolution 9, which will be proposed as a Special Resolution, provides for the Section 89 amount to be £603,870 (representing 5% 

of the company’s issued share capital). 

The prescribed period for which these powers and authorities are granted will expire at the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting 

to be held next year (or on 27th July 2008 if earlier) when the directors intend to seek renewal of the authorities. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
115 

(c)	  Renewal of the authority for the company to purchase certain of its own shares (Resolution 10). 

This resolution renews an existing authority for a further year. The directors believe it is advantageous to have such authority but would 
only exercise it if it was believed to be in the best interests of shareholders. At present, the board has no intention to exercise the authority. 

(d)	  A member entitled to attend and vote at this meeting may appoint another person (whether a member or not) as his/her proxy, to 
attend and, on a poll, vote for him/her. Forms of proxy, one of which is enclosed, must be signed by the appointer and must be lodged 
at the registrar’s office at least 48 hours before the meeting. A proxy need not be a member of the company. 

(e)	  Copies of the contracts of service between the company and Mr C.C.A. Glossop, Mr W.A. Oliver, Mr S.J. Burke and Mr T.P. Haywood 
are available for inspection at the registered office of the company on each business day during normal business hours and will be 
available on the day of the meeting, at the place of the meeting, from at least 15 minutes prior to the meeting until its conclusion. A 
register of directors’ interests will also be available for inspection from the commencement of the meeting until its conclusion. 

(f)	 

In  accordance  with  Regulation  41  of  the  Uncertificated  Securities  Regulations  2001,  the  company  gives  notice  that  only  those 
shareholders entered on the relevant register of members (the Register) for certificated or uncertificated shares of the company (as the 
case may be) at 6 p.m. on Wednesday 25th April 2007 (the “Specified Time”) will be entitled to attend or vote at the meeting in respect 
of the number of shares registered in their name at the time. Changes to entries on the Register after the Specified Time will be 
disregarded in determining the rights of any person to attend or vote at that meeting. Should the meeting be adjourned to a time not 
more than 48 hours after the Specified Time, that time will also apply for the purpose of determining the entitlement of members to 
attend and vote (and for the purpose of determining the number of votes they may cast) at the adjourned meeting. Should the meeting 
be adjourned for a longer period, then to be so entitled, members must be entered on the Register at the time which is 48 hours before 
the time fixed for the adjourned meeting or, if the company gives notice of the adjourned meeting, at the time specified in the notice. 

(g)	  Electronic proxy appointment through CREST 

CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do so for the 
annual general meeting and any adjournment(s) thereof by using the procedures described in the CREST Manual. CREST Personal 
Members or other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST members who have appointed a voting service provider(s), should 
refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s), who will be able to take appropriate action on their behalf. 

In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made using the CREST service to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (a “CREST 
Proxy Instruction”) must be properly authenticated in accordance with CRESTCo’s specifications and must contain the information required 
for such instructions, as described in the CREST Manual. The message, regardless of whether it constitutes the appointment of a proxy 
or an amendment to the instruction given to a previously appointed proxy must, in order to be valid, be transmitted so as to be received 
by the issuer’s agent (ID 7RA01) by the latest time(s) for receipt of proxy appointments specified in the notice of meeting. For this purpose, 
the time of receipt will be taken to be the time (as determined by the timestamp applied to the message by the CREST Applications Host) 
from which the issuer’s agent is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. After this time any 
change of instructions to proxies appointed through CREST should be communicated to the appointee through other means. 

CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers should note that CRESTCo does not make 
available special procedures in CREST for any particular messages. Normal system timings and limitations will therefore apply in 
relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST 
member is provider(s), to procure that his CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s) take(s)) such action as shall be necessary to 
ensure that a message is transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular time. In this connection, CREST members 
and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers are referred, in particular, to those sections of the CREST 
Manual concerning practical limitations of the CREST system and timings. 

The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated 
Securities Regulations 2001. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
116 

Glossary of terms
 

Annualised net rents are gross rents as at a reporting date plus, 
where  rent  reviews  are  outstanding,  any  increases  to  estimated 
rental value (as determined by the group’s external valuers), less any 
ground rents payable under head leases. 

Interest cover is the number of times group net interest payable is 
covered by profit before interest and taxation. 

IPD  is  the  Investment  Property  Databank  Ltd.,  a  company  that 
produces an independent benchmark of property returns. 

BREEAM – Building Research Environmental Assessment Method 
–  an  industry  wide  system  of  standards  to  assess  sustainable 
developments and measure the environmental impact of buildings. 

Knock­out options are interest rate swap contracts in which the 
bank has the right to terminate at a fixed point during the contract. 

Capital allowances deferred tax provision. In accordance with 
IAS 12, full provision has been made for the deferred tax arising on 
the benefit of capital allowances claimed to date. However, in the 
group’s  experience,  the  liabilities  in  respect  of  capital  allowances 
provided  are  unlikely  to  crystallise  in  practice  and  are  therefore 
excluded when arriving at EPRA NAV. 

CESR Community, environmental and social responsibility. 

Community interest company is a limited company conducting a 
business  or  other  activity  for  community  benefit,  not  purely  for 
private  advantage.  The  assets  and  profits  are  dedicated  to 
community purposes. 

Compulsory purchase order (CPO) is the compulsory acquisition 
of land by a planning authority, undertaken in the public interest and 
with pre­defined timescales and compensation arrangements. 

EPRA is the European Public Real Estate Association – a body that 
has  put  forward  recommendations  for  best  practice  for  financial 
reporting by real estate companies. 

Marshalling is the process of progressing projects through planning 
and development. 

Net rental income is the rental income receivable in the period after 
payment of ground rents and net property outgoings. 

Open market value is an opinion of the best price at which the sale 
of  an  interest  in  the  property  would  complete  unconditionally  for 
cash consideration on the date of valuation (as determined by the 
group’s external valuers). 

In  accordance  with  usual  practice,  the  group’s  external  valuers’ 
report  valuations  net,  after  the  deduction  of  the  prospective 
purchaser’s costs, including stamp duty, agent and legal fees. 

Pre­sold  projects  are  those  projects  where  we  are  constructing 
buildings that have been specified by, and designed for, or adapted 
by, a specific client under a specific construction contract.  On such 
projects, profit is recognised using the stage completion method. 

Property  profits  includes  profits  made  on  sales  of  investment 
properties, properties held for sale and properties under construction. 

EPRA  net  asset  value  (EPRA  NAV)  are  the  balance  sheet  net 
assets,  excluding  fair  value  adjustments  for  debt  and  related 
derivatives, deferred taxation on revaluation and capital allowances. 

Rent roll is the gross rent plus rent reviews that have been agreed 
as at the reporting date. 

EPRA  net  assets  per  share  is  EPRA  net  assets  divided  by  the 
diluted number of shares at the period end. 

Return  on  shareholders’  equity.  A  key  performance  indicator, 
measuring profit before tax as a percentage of average shareholders’ 
equity. 

Estimated  rental  value  (ERV)  is  the  group’s  external  valuers’ 
opinion as to the open market rent, which on the date of valuation, 
could reasonably be expected to be obtained on a new letting or 
rent review of the property. 

Equivalent  yield  is  a  weighted  average  of  the  initial  yield  and 
reversionary yield and represents the return a property will produce 
based on the timing of the income received. 

Gearing is the level of the group’s bank borrowing (excluding cash 
and finance leases) expressed as a percentage of net assets. 

Hopper is the bank of property comprising all of the land under the 
group’s control, whether wholly owned or through joint ventures or 
development agreements. 

IFRS International financial reporting standards. 

Initial yield is the annualised net rent expressed as a percentage of 
the valuation. 

Section 106 agreements are legally binding agreements reached 
with local planning authorities under S106 of the Town and Country 
Planning  Act  1990.  They  address  the  impact  of  proposed 
developments on the local community and often involve a financial 
contribution by the developer. 

Voids is the estimated rental value of vacant properties expressed 
as a percentage of the total estimated rental value of the portfolio, 
excluding development properties. 

Weighted average debt maturity. Each tranche of group debt is 
multiplied by the remaining period to  its maturity and the result is 
divided by total group debt in issue at the period end. 

Weighted  average  interest  rate  is  the  group  loan  interest  and 
derivative costs per annum at the period end, divided by total group 
debt in issue at the period end. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
01 

This document has been produced on Mega Silk coated paper 350gm2  and 170gm2 
with 50% recovered fibre and 50% total chlorine free pulp from sustainable sources. 

Design strategy and project management by College Design 

01 RAF Bentley Priory 
In the desperate summer of 1940, possibly the darkest period in the Second World 
War, Bentley Priory was at the heart of Britain’s fight for survival. It was Air Chief 
Marshal Sir Hugh Dowding’s HQ in the Battle of Britain. Now one of the sites acquired 
by VSM, the joint venture between Vinci PLC and St. Modwen, its redevelopment will 
see the original house at the heart of the complex retained, a tribute to the wartime 
heritage created, and the latter day military buildings replaced by a high quality 
residential development. 

St. Modwen Properties PLC 
Head Office and Midlands Regional Office 
Sir Stanley Clarke House 
7 Ridgeway 
Quinton Business Park 
Birmingham 
B32 1AF 

(0121) 222 9400 
Tel 
Fax 
(0121) 222 9401 
www.stmodwen.co.uk 
info@stmodwen.co.uk 

Regional Offices 
London & South East 
Tel 
Fax 

(020) 7499 5666 
(020) 7629 4262 

South West 
Tel 
Fax 

(0117) 316 7780 
(0117) 316 7788 

Yorkshire 
Tel 
Fax 

(0113) 272 7070 
(0113) 272 7079 

North Staffordshire 
(01782) 281844 
Tel 
(01782) 283670 
Fax 

North West 
Tel 
Fax 

(01925) 825950 
(01925) 284808